|
|
This chapter provides brief descriptions of Cisco WAN switches, as well as detailed descriptions of the Cisco WAN Manager (CWM) Network and Service MIBs and how to access them.
This section describes the various Cisco WAN switches and their associated cards that can be managed using the CWM Service MIB.
The IPX is a narrowband ATM switch that accepts Frame Relay, digitized voice and FAX, encoded video, data streams, etc., and adapts these information streams into fixed length cells. These cells are then routed to the appropriate ATM or FastPacket network interfaces.
IPX can function as a feeder shelf or as a routing node. When acting as routing node, IPX performs switching and can be connected to other IGX 8400/IPX/BPX 8600/MGX 8800 routing nodes. An IPX routing node cannot be attached to feeder shelves. When functioning as a feeder shelf, IPX can only be attached to a BPX 8600 routing node.
Table 3-1 provides the list of IPX cards that can be managed using the CWM Service Agent MIB.
 |
Note Ports on trunk cards are managed by the CWM Service Agent. |
| Card Acronym | Protocol/Service Type | Card Type | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
FRP-4T1 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Module Line index in MIB: always 0 Port index in MIB: Channel number Port range: 1-24 Maximum number of ports: 24 per line |
FRP-4E1 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Module Line index in MIB: always 0 Port index in MIB: channel number Port range: 1-32 Maximum Number of ports: 32 per line |
FRP-V35 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Module Line index in MIB: always 0 Port index in MIB: physical line number Port range: 1-4 Maximum number of ports: 4 per card |
FRP-X21 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Module Line index in MIB: always 0 Port index in MIB: physical line number Port range: 1-4 Maximum number of ports: per card |
AIT | ATM | Trunk | IPX Trunk card |
LDP | Data | Service | Data Service Module Line index in MIB: 1- Port index in MIB: always 1 Port range: 1-1 Maximum number of ports: 1per line |
SDP | Data | Service | Data Service Module Line index in MIB: 1-8 Port index in MIB: always 1 Port range: 1-8 Maximum number of ports: 1 per line |
CDP | Voice/Data | Service | Voice/Data Service Module Line index in MIB: 1-31 Port index in MIB: always 1 Port range: 1-31 Maximum number of ports: 31 per line |
The IGX 8400 can function as a feeder shelf or as a routing node. When acting as routing node, IGX 8400 performs switching and can be connected to other IGX 8400/IPX/BPX 8600/MGX 8800 routing nodes. An IGX 8400 routing node cannot be attached to feeder shelves. When functioning as a feeder shelf, an IGX 8400 can only be attached to a BPX 8600 routing node.
Table 3-2 provides the list of IGX 8400 cards that can be managed using the CWM Service Agent MIB.
| Card Acronym | Protocol/Service Type | Card Type | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
NTM | ATM | Trunk | Network Trunk Module |
UFM-8T1 UFM-8E1 | Frame Relay | Service | Universal Frame Relay interface card |
UFMU-HSSI | Frame Relay | Service | Universal Frame Relay interface card |
UFMU-V35 UFMU-X21 | Frame Relay | Service | Universal Frame Relay interface card |
FRM-4T1 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Module |
FRM-4E1 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Module |
FRM-V35 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Module |
FRM-X21 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Module |
UXM | ATM | Service or trunk card. | Universal Switching Module. |
BTM | ATM | Trunk | Broadband Trunk Module |
CVM | Voice/Data | Service | Voice/Data Service Module |
HDM | Data | Service | Data Service Module |
LDM | Data | Service | Data Service Module |
UVM | Voice/DataService | Service | Voice/Data Service Module |
The BPX 8600 consists of a single-shelf node with fifteen card slots. Three of these slots (7, 8 and 15) are reserved for common equipment cards. The other twelve are general purpose slots used for network interface cards or service interface cards. The cards are provided in sets, consisting of a front card and associated back card.
The BPX 8600 switch is a routing node only. Any of the IPX/IGX 8400/MGX 8220/BPX 8600/MGX 8800 nodes can be attached to a BPX 8600 node.
Table 3-3 provides the list of BPX 8600 cards that can be managed using the CWM Service Agent MIB.
| Card Acronym | Protocol/Service Type | Card Type | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
ASI-2T3 ASI-2E3 ASI-2OC3-SMF ASI-2OC3-MMF | ATM | Service | ATM Service interface card Line index in MIB: 0 (in all applicable tables) Port index in MIB: physical port number Port range: 1-2 Maximum number of ports: 2 per card |
BXM | ATM | Can be configured either as a trunk or service card. | Broadband switching Module Line index in MIB: 0 (in all applicable Service MIB tables) Port index in MIB: physical port number Port range per card: BXM-2: 1-2 (maximum # ports 2) BXM-4: 1-4 (maximum # ports 4) BXM-8: 1-8 (maximum # ports 8) BXM-12:1-12 (maximum # ports 12) |
BNI | ATM | Trunk | Broadband Network interface card |
BME | ATM | Service | Broadband switching Module Line index in MIB:0 Port index in MIB: physical port number Port range: 1-2 Maximum number of ports: 2 per card |
The MGX 8220 feeder is always attached to a BPX 8600 switch.
Table 3-4 provides the list of MGX 8220 cards that can be managed using the CWM Service Agent MIB.
| Card Acronym | Protocol/Service Type | Card Type | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
FRSM-4T1 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Service Module Channelized: Port index in MIB: starting channel number Port range: 1-24 Maximum number of ports: 96 Non-Channelized: Port index in MIB: 1 Port range: 1-1 Maximum number of ports: 4 |
FRSM-4E1 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Service Module Channelized: Port index in MIB: starting channel number Port range: 1-32 Maximum number of ports: 128 Non-Channelized: Port index in MIB: 1 Port range: 1-1 Maximum number of ports: 4 |
FRSM-8T1 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Service Module Channelized: Port index in MIB: starting channel number Port range: 1-24 Maximum number of ports: 192 Non-Channelized: Port index in MIB: 1 Port range: 1-1 Maximum number of ports: 8 |
FRSM-8E1 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Service Module Channelized: Non-Channelized: |
FRSM HS1-HSSI | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay High Speed Serial Service Module Line index in MIB: 0 |
FRSM HS1-X21 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay High Speed Serial Service Module Line index in MIB: 0 |
AUSM-4T1 AUSM-4E1 | ATM | Service | ATM Service Modules Line index in MIB: 0 (for all applicable tables) |
AUSM-8T1 AUSM-8E1 | ATM | Service | ATM Service Module. Also supports IMA ports ATM ports: |
CESM-4E1 CESM-4T1 | CE | Service | Circuit Emulation Service Module Line index in MIB: physical line number (1-4) |
CESM-8T1 CESM-8E1 | CE | Service | Circuit Emulation Service Module Line index in MIB: physical line number (1-8) |
CESM-1T1 CESM-1E1 | CE | Service | Circuit Emulation Service Module Line index in MIB: physical line number (1) |
FRASM | Frame Relay to SDLC/Bisync | Service | Frame Relay Access Service Module Line index: physical line number (1-4). |
FRSM-2T3 FRSM-2E3 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Service Module Line index in MIB: physical line number Port index in MIB: always 1 Port range: 1-1 Maximum number of ports: 2 per card |
FRSM-HS2 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Service Module Line index in MIB: physical line number Port index in MIB: 1 Port range: 1-1 Maximum number of ports: 2 per card |
FRSM-2T3-C | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Service Module Line index in MIB: 1-56 Port index in MIB: 1port in starting channel number Port range: 1-24 Maximum number of ports: 24 per line |
BNM | ATM | Trunk | Broadband Network Module |
IMATM | ATM | Trunk | Inverse ATM Multiplexing card |
The MGX 8800 consists of a single-shelf node with fifteen card slots. Three of these slots (7, 8 and 15) are reserved for common equipment cards. The other twelve are general purpose slots used for network interface cards or service interface cards. The cards are provided in sets, consisting of a front card and associated back card.
The MGX 8800 switch is a routing node only. Any of the IPX/IGX 8400/MGX 8220/BPX 8600/MGX 8800 nodes can be attached to a MGX 8800 node.
Table 3-5 provides the list of MGX 8800 cards that can be managed using the CWM Service Agent MIB.
| Card Acronym | Protocol/Service Type | Card Type | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
FRSM-2CT3 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Service Module Channelized: Port index in MIB: starting channel number Port range: 1-24 Maximum number of ports: 96 Non-Channelized: Port index in MIB: 1 Port range: 1-1 Maximum number of ports: 4 |
FRSM- 2T3/E3 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Service Module Channelized: Port index in MIB: starting channel number Port range: 1-32 Maximum number of ports: 128 Non-Channelized: Port index in MIB: 1 Port range: 1-1 Maximum number of ports: 4 |
FRSM-HS2 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Service Module Line index in MIB: physical line number |
FRSM-8 T3/E3 | Frame Relay | Service | Frame Relay Service Module Channelized: Non-Channelized: |
RPM | ATM | Service | Routing Processor Port index in MIB: not applicable |
CESM-1 T3/E3 | CE | Service | Circuit Emulation Service Module Line index in MIB: physical line number (1-1) |
CESM-8 | CE | Service | Circuit Emulation Service Module Line index in MIB: physical line number (1-8) |
CESM-4 | CE | Service | Circuit Emulation Service Module Line index in MIB: physical line number (1-4) |
PXM-UNI | ATM | Service | PXM-UNI Service Module Line index in MIB: always 0 |
SRM-3T3 | Frame Relay | Redundancy | Frame Relay Service Module Line index in MIB: first index (use first)- line number; second index (use next) - starting T1 number to be affected Port index in MIB: not applicable |
This section describes networking terminology as it applies to networks managed by CWM.
When any of the IPX/IGX 8400/BPX 8600/MGX 8800 nodes are configured as routing nodes they function as switches. They can also handle the traffic from CPE (Customer Premises Equipment).
This subsection describes CWM connection management terms. shows various Cisco switches and nodes connected to one another.
A connection between any two routing nodes. Note, two routing nodes need not be adjacent nodes. As shown in Figure 1, connection c is a single segment connection. Other single segment connections exist between routing nodes igx1 and ipx1, bpx1 and bpx2, b2 bpx2 and igx1, and ipx1 and bpx2.
A connection between a feeder node and any routing node. As shown in Figure 1, connection b is a two segment connection; segment b1: ipx2 to bpx2 and segment b2: bpx2 to igx1.
A connection between any two feeder nodes. As shown in Figure 1, connection a is a three segment connection.
The segment between two routing nodes is called a routing segment. All connections may not have a routing segment. The connection with a routing segment is also known as a routed connection. As shown in Figure 1, segments b2, c1, and a2 are routing segments of connections b, c, and a, respectively.
A connection whose end points share the same routing node is called a DAX connection (direct access connection). DAX connections do not have a routing segment. Examples of DAX connections, as shown in , are: axis2 to ipx2 and axis1 to bpx1.
This section provides a detailed description of the Network MIB and its associated tables and access methods.
This subsection describes the Network table (svNetworkTable). This table contains a list of all networks currently being managed by CWM. The table is indexed by network name, and contains the CWM ID assigned to the network, as well as the network domain ID. The network name and the network CWM ID must be configured in the /usr/users/svplus/config.sv file.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
Not applicable. | The name of the network as assigned by the CWM user. Access: read-only. | The value returned by the RtmProxy is a string whose size can be 0 to 10 characters | |
Not applicable. | The unique ID of the network as assigned by the CWM system. Access: read-only. | The unique ID specified in config.sv + 1. Integer value starting from 1. | |
Not applicable. | The IPX network ID. Access: read-only. |
|
The RtmProxy does not validate the community string for the Network table. Any community string may be used while querying Network table.
To obtain a list of all network names, perform an "SNMP Walk" on the svNetworkName object using the following query format:
SNMP GetNext Query Format:
OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.100.2.1.1.1
Name: svNetworkName
Community: public (RtmProxy ignores the community string for this object).
Type : DisplayString
Example Query (using HP OpenView snmpwalk):
> snmpwalk -p 8161 nm20fst7 svNetworkName
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNetworkGroup.svNetworkTable.svNetworkEntry.svNetworkName.8.78.101.116.119.111.114.107.49 : DISPLAY STRING- (ascii): Network1
To obtain the Network ID for a given network name, perform an "SNMP Get" on the networkId object using the following query format:
OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.100.2.1.1.2.$NetworkName
where, $NetworkName is the encoded form of the network name.
Name: svNetworkId
Community: public (RtmProxy ignores the community string for this object).
Type: Integer
Example Query:
The following query obtains the network ID for the network "Network1":
> snmpget -p 8161 -c public nm20fst7 svNetworkId.8.78.101.116.119.111.114.107.49
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNetworkGroup.svNetworkTable.svNetworkEntry.svNetworkId.8.78.101.116.119.111.114.107.49 : INTEGER: 1
This subsection describes the Node table (svNodeTable). This table contains a list of all nodes (routing and feeder) managed and monitored by CWM. Currently, the Network MIB does not provide enough information to distinguish between a routing node and a feeder node.
The svNodeTable is indexed by svNodeNetworkName and svNodeName.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
Not applicable. | The name of the network to which this node is attached. Access: read-only. | The value returned by the RtmProxy is a string from 0 to 10 characters | |
IPX BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 DAS DNS ESP INSD MC3800 | The IPX node name. Access: read-only. | The value returned by the RtmProxy is a string from 0 to 10 characters |
The RtmProxy does not validate the community string for the Node table. Any community string may be used while querying this table.
To obtain a list of all nodes managed by CWM, perform an "SNMP Walk" on nodeName. To obtain a list of nodes in a particular network, perform an "SNMP Walk" on svNodeName.$Network, where $Network is the encoded form of the network name.
SNMP GetNext Query Format:
OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.100.1.20.1.2.$NetworkName
where, $NetworkName is encoded form of the network name.
Name: svNodeName
Community: public (ignored)
Type: DisplayString
Example Query:
The following query obtains the list of all nodes in the network: "Network1".
> snmpwalk -p 8161 -c public nm20fst7 svNodeName.8.78.101.116.119.111.114.107.49
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.svNodeTable.svNodeEntry.svNodeName.8.78.101.116.119.111.114.107.49.7.97.120.105.115.49.53.56 : DISPLAY STRING- (ascii): axis158
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.svNodeTable.svNodeEntry.svNodeName.8.78.101.116.119.111.114.107.49.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53 : DISPLAY STRING- (ascii): axis165
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.svNodeTable.svNodeEntry.svNodeName.8.78.101.116.119.111.114.107.49.7.97.120.105.115.50.53.48 : DISPLAY STRING- (ascii): axis250
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.svNodeTable.svNodeEntry.svNodeName.8.78.101.116.119.111.114.107.49.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.49 : DISPLAY STRING- (ascii): nmsbpx01
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.svNodeTable.svNodeEntry.svNodeName.8.78.101.116.119.111.114.107.49.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.56 : DISPLAY STRING- (ascii): nmsbpx08
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.svNodeTable.svNodeEntry.svNodeName.8.78.101.116.119.111.114.107.49.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57 : DISPLAY STRING- (ascii): nmsbpx09
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.svNodeTable.svNodeEntry.svNodeName.8.78.101.116.119.111.114.107.49.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.49.49 : DISPLAY STRING- (ascii): nmsbpx11
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 DAS DNS ESP C3800 INSD | Node group name. Access: read-only. | The value returned by the RtmProxy is a string from 0 to 10 characters | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 DAS DNS ESP C3800 INSD | The name of the network to which the node is attached. Access: read-only. | The value returned by the RtmProxy is a string from 0 to 10 characters | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 DAS DNS ESP C3800 INSD | Node alarm state. Only low 6 bits are valid. Access: read-only. | clear (1) minor (2) major (3) unreachable (4) | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Specifies whether this node is acting as a gateway. Access: read-only. | not-a-gateway (1) gateway (2) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 DAS DNS ESP C3800 | Specifies whether this node is currently active or inactive. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 DAS DNS ESP C3800 | Platform type of the node. Access: read-only. | ipx-platform (1) | |
svNodeModel |
| Model number of a switch/node. The model number is defaulted to 0 when unavailable. Access: read-only. |
|
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 ESP C3800 | Release version of the CWM software. Access: read-only. | String from 0 to 10 characters | |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Node ForeSight increase rate. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Node ForeSight normal decrease rate. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Node ForeSight fast decrease rate. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 | Timeout (in seconds) for resetting PVC rate to QIR. Access: read-only. |
| |
svNodeSubtype |
| The node subtype such as routing node or feeder node. Access: read-only. | routing-node (1) |
svNodeId |
| Unique node ID assigned by CWM to a node in the network. The svNodeId remains the same even when the node is deleted and added back to the network, as long as the CWM database is not cleared. Also, when CWM is warm started (without clearing the database), the CWM node ID remains unchanged. Access: read-only. |
|
svNodeOldName |
| Name previously assigned to the node. This information is passed when a node name is changed and a corresponding trap generated by CWM remains unchanged. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters |
svNodeOldIpAddress |
| IP address previously assigned to the node. svNodeOldIpAddress is used in the trap to indicate a node's IP address has changed. Access: read-only. |
|
svNodeIpAddress |
| IP address of a node in the CWM network. Access: read-only. |
|
|
Note svNodeSubtype, svNodeId, svNodeOldName, svNodeOldIpAddress, and svNodeIpAddress are used for trapes only and no values are returned by snmpget. |
The scalar objects in the Node Group can be accessed using the "SNMP Get" command. These objects require a community string of the form:
<networkname>.<nodename>
where, <networkname> is the network name to which node <nodename> is attached.
The following mechanism allows reading of the Node Alarm state for all the nodes in all networks:
1. Perform SNMP Walk on svNetworkName to obtain the list of network names.
2. For each network, perform an "SNMP Walk" on svNodeName.$Network to obtain a list of nodes in a network (where $Network is the encoded form of the network name).
3. For each node perform an "SNMP Get" on svNodeGrpAlarmState.0 with community <networkname>.<nodename>.
SNMP Get Query Format:
OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.100.1.7.0
Name: svNodeGrpAlarmState
Community: <networkname>.<nodename>
Type: Integer
Example Query:
The following query obtains the alarm state of the node nmsipx03 in the network Network1:
> snmpget -p 8161 -c "Network1.nmsipx03" nm20fst7 svNodeGrpAlarmState.0
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.svNodeGrpAlarmState.0 : INTEGER: minor
The Trunk table (svTrunkTable) contains the list of all trunk lines in the network. This table provides the information on a per node basis. Therefore, nodal community of the form <networkname>.<nodename> must be used the in the queries. The trunk table provides the remote node information as NodeId. Currently, the CWM Network MIB does not have a mechanism to map NodeId to the corresponding Node name.
The Trunk table is indexed by svTrunkLocalSlot, svTrunkLocalPort, and svTrunkLocalVtrkId.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Slot number of the local end (numbered starting at 1). Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Local port number (numbered starting at 1). Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Line number of the local end (numbered starting at 1). Unique logical line numbers reported by IPX/BPX 8600/IGX 8400/MGX 8800 nodes. Access: read-only. | Integer starting from 1 | |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Card type supporting the trunk line. The card type is dependent on the value of node platform. Access: read-only. | The enumerated values for the card type field have the following format: where: Modes can be one of the following: Enumerated values are: bni (4) ntc (22) atm (31) ait (34) uxm (41) bni-t3 (103) bni-e3 (104) bni-oc3 (110) bxp (117) bxm-t3-8-smf (180) bxm-t3-8-mmf (181) bxm-t3-8-smflr (182) bxm-t3-8-snm (183) bxm-t3-12-smf (184) bxm-t3-12-mmf (185) bxm-t3-12-smflr 186) bxm-t3-12-snm (187) bxm-e3-8-smf (188) bxm-e3-8-mmf (189) bxm-e3-8-smflr (190) bxm-e3-8-snm (191) | |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Card type supporting the trunk line. The card type is dependent on the value of node platform. Access: read-only. | bxm-e3-12-smf (192) bxm-e3-12-mmf (193) bxm-e3-12-smflr (194) bxm-e3-12-snm (195) bxm-oc3-4-smf (196) bxm-oc3-4-mmf (197) bxm-oc3-4-smflr (198) bxm-oc3-4-snm (199) bxm-oc3-8-smf (200) bxm-oc3-8-mmf (201) bxm-oc3-8-smflr (202) bxm-oc3-8-snm (203) bxm-oc12-1-smf (204) bxm-oc12-1-mmf (205) bxm-oc12-1-smflr (206) bxm-oc12-1-snm (207) bxm-oc12-2-smf (208) bxm-oc12-2-mmf (209) bxm-oc12-2-smflr (210) bxm-oc12-2-snm (211) | |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Trunk line interface type. Indicates the format of the packet line. Access: read-only. | Enumerated values are: | |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Line load in packets per second. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Remote CWM node ID. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Remote line number. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Slot number of the remote end. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Remote port number. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Trunk line alarm state. Access: read-only. | clear (1) minor (2) major (2) | |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Trunk active state. Note: This variable is obsolete. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Trunk line status Access: read-only. | inactive (1) clear (2) fail (3) down (4) | |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Trunk line statistical reserve field. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Trunk line bursty data B (Frame Relay with ForeSight traffic data) queue depth. Units: in cells. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Trunk line bursty data B (Frame Relay with ForeSight traffic data) queue EFCN/EFCI threshold. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Trunk line CLP high dropping threshold. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Trunk line CLP low dropping threshold. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Local virtual trunk ID. These are numbered starting at 1. Value 255 when no virtual trunk is defined. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Remote virtual trunk ID. These are numbered starting at 1. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Remote end node name. Access: read-only. | String from 0 to 10 characters |
The objects in the Trunk table require a community string of the form:
<networkname>.<nodename>
where, <networkname> is the network to which node <nodename> is attached.
To obtain the list of all trunks attached to a node, perform an "SNMP Walk" on svTrunkTable.
Example Query:
The following example uses the node name nmsbpx01 in the network Network1.
> snmpwalk -p 8161 -c "Network1.nmsbpx01" nm20fst7 svTrunkTable
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.trunkGroup.svTrunkTable.svTrunkEntry.svTrunkLocalSlot.3.1.255 : INTEGER: 3
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.trunkGroup.svTrunkTable.svTrunkEntry.svTrunkLocalSlot.3.2.255 : INTEGER: 3
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.trunkGroup.svTrunkTable.svTrunkEntry.svTrunkLocalPort.3.1.255 : INTEGER: 1
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.trunkGroup.svTrunkTable.svTrunkEntry.svTrunkLocalPort.3.2.255 : INTEGER: 2
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.trunkGroup.svTrunkTable.svTrunkEntry.svTrunkLocalLine.3.1.255 : INTEGER: 1
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.trunkGroup.svTrunkTable.svTrunkEntry.svTrunkLocalLine.3.2.255 : INTEGER: 2
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.trunkGroup.svTrunkTable.svTrunkEntry.svTrunkCardType.3.1.255 : INTEGER: bni-e3
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.trunkGroup.svTrunkTable.svTrunkEntry.svTrunkCardType.3.2.255 : INTEGER: bni-e3
stratacom.svplus.topologyGroup.svNodeGroup.trunkGroup.svTrunkTable.svTrunkEntry.svTrunkInterface.3.1.255 : INTEGER: e3
The Circuit Line table (lineTable) contains read-only configuration information about the specified IPX node's circuit lines, and is indexed by circuit line number and port number. This table is supported only for IGX 8400/IPX card types: CDP, CIP, FRP, and TXR.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
IPX IGX 8400 | Circuit line number (for MGX 8800 and IPX it is same as slot number). |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 | Circuit card type. Access: read-only. | Enumerated values are: -- Following is the list of BXM cards. The enums are directly used from SWitch SW interface without any mapping: bxm-t3-8-smf (180) | |
IPX IGX 8400 | Circuit card type. Access: read-only. | bme-oc12-1-smflr (214) bxm-oc3-4-stm1e (220) | |
IPX IGX 8400 | Type of the line interface. Access: read-only. | Enumerated values are: | |
IPX IGX 8400 | Circuit line active state. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 | Circuit line status. Access: read-only. | inactive(1) | |
PX IGX 8400 | Port number. For physical lines it is the same as the trunk number. For example., for IMA trunk 11.2-5 for all physical lines 2, 3, 4, and 5, the port number is 2 which is the trunk number for IMA trunk 11.2-5. Access: read-only. |
|
The objects in the trapsConfig Group provide access to the Robust Trap Mechanism (RTM) of CWM. This group contains two tables: trapConfigTable and trapUploadTable. The Trap Config Group also contains the scalar objects shown in Table 3-12.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
Not applicable. | The number of Managers in the Trap Configuration table registered to receive traps. Currently, the maximum number of Managers allowed to register for traps is 16. Access: read-only. | Not applicable | |
Not applicable. | The sequence number of the last trap generated on the CWM RtmProxy. Access: read-only. | Not applicable |
The RtmProxy does not validate the community string for the objects in the Trap Config Group. Any community string may be used while querying these objects.
To obtain the number of Managers registered for traps, perform an "SNMP Get" on the following variable to obtain the number of entries in the trapConfigTable.
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.120.1.2.0
Name : managerNumOfValidEntries
Type : Integer
Community : public (ignored)
Example Query:
> snmpget -p 8161 -c public nm20fst7 managerNumOfValidEntries.0
stratacom.rtm.trapsConfig.managerNumOfValidEntries.0 : INTEGER: 2
To obtain the sequence number of the last trap generated on the CWM SNMP Service Agent, perform an "SNMP Get" on the following variable:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.120.1.3.0
Name : lastSequenceNumber
Type : Integer
Community : public (ignored)
Example Query:
> snmpget -p 8161 -c public nm20fst7 lastSequenceNumber.0
stratacom.rtm.trapsConfig.lastSequenceNumber.0 : INTEGER: 833
The Trap Config table (trapConfigTable) contains the list of all Managers subscribed for the Robust Traps from CWM. Using the objects in this table, you can register for Robust Traps, set asynchronous trap retrieval mode, and set normal trap reception mode.
The trapConfigTable is indexed by managerIpAddress.
| MIB Object | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|
Manager IP address. Access: read-write. | Value returned is in ASN.1 IP Address format. | |
Manager port number. This is the UDP port number on which Manager is receiving traps. Default value: 162. Access: read-write. |
| |
When RowStatus is set to addRow (1), the Manager is registered with the Proxy to receive the new traps generated. Access: read-write. | addRow (1) delRow (2) | |
Set by the Manager to indicate it is retrieving missing traps. During registration, this flag should be set to false. When this flag is set to true, RTM Service Agent does not forward traps asynchronously to the Manager. Access: read-write. | false (1) true (2) | |
This variable is set by the Manager to indicate the missing trap to be retrieved. During registration this value is ignored. Access: read-write. |
| |
trapFilterRegisterCategory | The categories of traps that a client registers with RTMProxy. The trap categories are: bit 1 set = Node Object Config Status Change Traps bit 2 set = Peripheral Object Alarm Status Change Traps bit 3 set = Peripheral Object Conifguration Status Change Traps bit 4 set = Card Object Alarm Status Change Traps bit 5 set = Card Object Configuration Status Change Traps bit 6 set = Trunk Object Alarm Status Change Traps bit 7 set = Trunk Object Configuration Status Change Traps bit 8 set = Line Object Alarm Status Change Traps bit 9 set = Line Object Configuration Status Change Traps bit 10 set = Port Object Alarm Status Change Traps bit 11 set = Port Object Configuration Status Change Traps bit 12 set = UserConnection Object Alarm Status Change Traps bit 13 set = UserConnection Object Configuration Status Change Traps bit 14 set = ProtocolGroups Object Alarm Status Change Traps bit 15 set = ProtocolGroups Object Configuration Status Change Traps bit 16 set = LinkStation Object Alarm Status Change Traps bit 17 set = LinkStation Object Configuration Status Change Traps bit 18 set = SNA Routes Object Alarm Status Change Traps bit 19 set = SNA Routes Object Configuration Status Change Traps bit 20 set = Network Connectivity Status Change Traps bit 21 set = Automatic Protection Switching (APS) Traps bit 22 set = SV+ Health Monitor Traps For example, when a client is interested in receiving only Node, Card, and Trunk Object Status Change traps, trapFilterRegisterCategory is set to 0x0b. Then, no other Object Status Change traps such as for Port and Line are sent to the client. The default value is to register for all trap categories. | 0xffffffffffffffff |
The RtmProxy does not validate the community string for the Trap Config table. Any community string may be used while querying this table.
To register with the RTM Service Agent, perform an "SNMP Set" on the following two variables:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.120.1.1.1.2.<IPADDR>
where, <IPADDR> is the IP address of the Manager in dotted decimal notation.
Name : managerPortNumber
Type : Integer
Community : public (ignored)
Value : <ManagerPortNumber>
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.120.1.1.1.3.<IPADDR>
where, <IPADDR> is the IP address of the Manager in dotted decimal notation.
Name : managerRowStatus
Type : Integer
Community : public (ignored)
Value : 1
Example Query:
This example uses Manager IP address: 192.99.88.101 and Port number: 162.
> snmpset -p 8161 -c public nmclearc managerPortNumber.192.99.88.101 integer 162 managerRowStatus.192.99.88.101 integer 1
stratacom.rtm.trapsConfig.trapConfigTable.trapConfigEntry.managerPortNumber.192.99.88.101 : INTEGER: 162
stratacom.rtm.trapsConfig.trapConfigTable.trapConfigEntry.managerRowStatus.192.99.88.101 : INTEGER: addRow
To unregister with the RtmProxy, perform an "SNMP Set" on the following variable:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.120.1.1.1.3.<IPADDR>
where, <IPADDR> is the IP address of the Manager in dotted decimal notation.
Name : managerRowStatus
Type : Integer
Community : public (ignored)
Value : 2
Example Query:
This example uses Manager IP address: 192.99.88.101
> snmpset -p 8161 -c public nmclearc managerRowStatus.192.99.88.101 integer 2
stratacom.rtm.trapsConfig.trapConfigTable.trapConfigEntry.managerRowStatus.192.99.88.101 : INTEGER: delRow
In addition to the tables described in previous sections, the trap group also contains a set of scalar objects allowing you to obtain additional trap information in a simplified manner.
| MIB Objects | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|
The severity of the trap generated from the AAG alarm. | clear (1) warning (2) minor (3) major (4) critical (5) info (6). | |
The string describing the reason why the trap was generated. Used to provide more detailed information on the cause of the trap. This field is set to the trap number for all releases prior to the 8.4 switch software release. Access: read-only. | Enumerated values for lines and trunks: | |
trapReason (continued) | The string describing the reason why the trap was generated. Used to provide more detailed information on the cause of the trap. This field is set to the trap number for all releases prior to the 8.4 switch software release. Access: read-only. | ais (54) comm-break-node-degraded (997) -- The following enums are applicable to ports: |
trapReason (continued) | The string describing the reason why the trap was generated. Used to provide more detailed information on the cause of the trap. This field is set to the trap number for all releases prior to the 8.4 switch software release. Access: read-only. | ftc-communication-failure-cleared (1004) -- The following enums are applicable to connections: - The following enums are applicable to cards: |
trapReason (continued) | The string describing the reason why the trap was generated. Used to provide more detailed information on the cause of the trap. This field is set to the trap number for all releases prior to the 8.4 switch software release. Access: read-only. | card-sar-clear (3049) controlcard-restarted (3068) -- Following enums are for slot alarm reported by switch in card alarm: -- The following enums are applicable to peripherals: |
trapReason (continued) | The string describing the reason why the trap was generated. Used to provide more detailed information on the cause of the trap. This field is set to the trap number for all releases prior to the 8.4 switch software release. Access: read-only. | power-supply-inserted (4006) -- The following enums are applicable to feeders: |
This object has both the local and remote end point description of the connection in the following format: For Frame Relay connections: For ATM connections: For FastPad connections: <rslot>.<rport>.<rfpdslot><rfpdport><rfpdDLCI> Access: read-only. |
| |
This object has the following format for various ports: <slot>.<port> for multi port cards (for example, ASI) and <slot>.255 for single port cards (for example, FRP). <slot>.<trk#>.<line> for physical lines. Access: read-only. |
| |
Indicates the type of the trunk. Access: read-only. | unknown (1) physical-trunk (2) virtual-trunk (3) feeder-trunk (4) ima-trunk (5) ima-virtual-trunk (6) | |
Virtual trunk ID. Access: read-only. | For virtual trunks the value can be 1-254. For physical trunks the value reported is 255. | |
This object contains values in the following formats: <slot>.<port>.<vtrkid> for virtual trunks and <slot>.<port>.255 for physical trunks. Access: read-only. |
| |
This object has the following format for various ports: <slot>.<line>.<port> for multi port cards (for example, ASI). <slot> for single port cards (for example, CDP/VDP). For ASI/FRP ports, line=0. Access: read-only. |
| |
The alarm status of the card. Access: read-only. | clear (1) (refers to Empty state on the CLI) Following are the new values introduced in 9.1.02XX no-card (7) (refers to Empty state on the CLI) | |
The specific card type from which the trap is generated. Access: read-only. | ipx-pcc (1) bcc (101) | |
trapCardType (continued) | The specific card type from which the trap is generated. Access: read-only. | -- Following is the list of BXM cards. The enums are directly used from the switch SW interface without any mapping: bxm-t3-8-smf (180) |
The slot number of the card. Access: read-only. |
| |
The peripheral type on which the trap is generated. Access: read-only. | unknown (1) | |
The alarm status of the peripheral. Access: read-only. | clear (1) failed (2) | |
The unit number of the peripheral on which trap is generated. Different types of peripheral units are listed below: Power Supply (IGX 8400): 1-6 Power Supply (BPX 8600): 1-2 Cabinet Temp Sensor: 1 Fan (IGX 8400): 1 Fan (BPX 8600): 1-3 DC Voltage Monitor (IGX 8400): 1 DC Voltage Monitor (BPX 8600): 1-2 Bus B Bus: 1 A Bus: 2 External Clock Source: EXT-1 1.544MHz: 1 EXT-1 2.048MHz: 2 EXT-2 1.544MHz: 3 EXT-2 2.048MHz: 4 Invalid Login Monitor: 1 Access: read-only. |
| |
The alarm status of the feeder. Access: read-only. | clear (1), | |
Indicates the list of physical lines associated with an IMA trunk. Different physical lines in the IMA group are delimited by dots. Access: read-only. | String from 1 to 15 characters | |
Name of the node to which commBreak has occurred. Access: read-only. | String from 0 to 10 characters | |
Name of the node which reported the commBreak. Access: read-only. | String from 0 to 10 characters | |
Indicates the time the event occurred in the following format: Access: read-only. |
| |
Indicates the time of event message prepared on the switch. Format for this variable is: Access: read-only. |
| |
Indicates the time zone associated with times for the trap. Access: read-only. |
| |
Indicates the severity of the trap. Access: read-only. |
| |
Message text associated with the trap. Access: read-only. | String from 1 to 255 characters
| |
Name of the CWM workstation where the trap is generated. Access: read-only. | String from 0 to 32 characters | |
IP address of the CWM Workstation. Access: read-only. |
| |
Name of the CWM process which was terminated or restarted. Access: read-only. | String from 0 to 64 characters | |
The Process ID of the CWM process which was terminated. Access: read-only. |
| |
Count of the number of times a SV+ Process restarted. Access: read-only. |
| |
Indicates the threshold percentage setting for database full. Access: read-only. | String from 1 to 100 characters | |
Current free DB space percentage. Access: read-only. | String from 1 to 100 characters | |
Indicates the threshold percentage setting for free disk space low. Access: read-only. | String from 1 to 100 characters | |
Current /usr/users partition free disk spaces in megabytes. Access: read-only. |
| |
Describes the type of TFTP error: daemon (1) indicates the error was generated by the CWM daemon process. system (2) indicates the error was generated due to UNIX system errors. node (3) indicates the error was generated on the node from which the file was received. Access: read-only. | daemon (1) | |
Describes the type of TFTP error with more detailed information. Access: read-only. | String from 0 to 255 characters | |
The child process number of a CWM process which was restarted. For non-child process, it is defaulted to 0. Access: read-only. |
| |
The name of the statistics file containing the statistics data from a node. Access: read-only. | String from 1 to 128 characters | |
Back card type reported by the switch. Access: read-only. | Note, these are back card types for IPX, IGX 8400, and BPX 8600: | |
trapBackCardType (continued) | Back card type reported by the switch. Access: read-only. | smf-bcd (107) |
This object has both the trunk and line format. For line: For ASI/FRP ports line=0. For trunk: <slot>.<port>.<vtrkid> for virtual trunks and <slot>.<port>.255 for physical trunks. Access: read-only. | String from 1 to 255 characters | |
The Working Line slot number of the APS configured line pair. Access: read-only. |
| |
The Working Line line number of the APS configured line pair. Access: read-only. |
| |
The Protection Line slot number of the APS configured line pair. Access: read-only. |
| |
The Protection Line line number of the APS configured line pair. Access: read-only. |
| |
The interface of the APS configured line pair. Access: read-only. | line (1) | |
The Active line of the APS configured line pair; either the working line or protection line. Access: read-only. | workingline (1) |
Table 3-15 provides a list of traps.
| Trap Name | Description | Variables |
|---|---|---|
The user connection has recovered from a failed/downed state after the CWM database was in sync with the network. Trap number: 25010 | lastSequenceNumber | |
The user connection has failed after the CWM database was in sync with the network. Trap number: 25011 | lastSequenceNumber | |
The user connection has been downed after the CWM database was in sync with the network. Trap number: 25012 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a connection alarm status is received. Trap number: 20000 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a line alarm status is received. Trap number: 20001 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a trunk alarm status is received. Trap number: 20002 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a port alarm status is received. This is change for release 9.1 only. (The svPortPort object continues to refer to logical port). For UFM, svPortPort refers to logical port whereas svPortPhysicalPort refers to the first DS0 used in the Port TimeSlot bitmap. For example, a UFM port on slot 8, line 1 is configured with 128 kbps port speed and the 2 DS0's used are corresponding to TimeSlot 3 and 4, the svPortPhysicalPort is 3 (lowest available timeslot). Trap number: 20011 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a card alarm status is received. Trap number: 20004 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a peripheral alarm status is received. For release 9.2, peripheral alarms include the node level alarms listed below: External Clock Source Failure Too many invalid login attempts. Trap number: 20005 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever commbreak is reported. It is reported by all routing nodes in the network when one or more routing nodes become unreachable. trapCommBreakRptNode - indicates the node which reported the commbreak. trapCommBreakNode - indicates the node to which commbreak occurred. The trapReason codes for this trap are: When a trunk between two routing nodes fails and makes some nodes unreachable, each of the routing nodes in the network generate a commBreakAlarm trap, as explained in the following example: Example: consider a network of 4 routing nodes (A1, A2, B1 and B2) and one CWM station connected to node A1. CWM | A1 ----- A2 ---X --- B1 ---- B2 When the trunk between A2 and B1 goes into fail state, nodes will generate commBreakAlarm messages as below: (trapCommBreakRptNode) (trapCommBreakNode) Generating Node Reporting Node commBreak Node --------------- --------------- --------------- A1 A1 B1
B1 B1 A1 Note, robust messages from nodes B1 and B2 may or may not reach CWM, depending on the IP routing path. After a node has entered the degraded mode, the node is unreachable from rest of the network. All other nodes are informed of the transition to the degraded mode. These nodes declare a communication break with the degraded node. If the communication break happens due to a node entering degraded mode, the reason code is 997. commBreakClear trap is issued after the degraded mode is cleared. Trap number: 20016 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever commbreak, caused due to a node entering degraded mode or for some other reason, is cleared. It is generated by all routing nodes in the network when one or more routing nodes become reachable from a previous state of unreachable. trapCommBreakRptNode - indicates the node which had reported the commbreak. trapCommBreakNode - indicates the node to which commbreak is cleared. The trapReason code for this trap is: Trap number: 20017 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is triggered by communication failure between a feeder and the routing node. feederAlarm trap is also triggered when status of feeder changes to Major or to Clear.' When a communication failure occurs between the routing node and the feeder, the routing node generates feederAlarm with one of the following trapReason codes: When feeder status changes to Major, the routing node generates feederAlarm with one of the following trapReason codes: When communication between a routing node and feeder becomes normal or when feeder status changes to Clear, the routing node generates feederAlarm with one of the following trapReason codes: Note, the feeder itself does not generate feederAlarm. Trap number: 20008 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a physical line alarm status is received. Trap number: 20009 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever IMA trunk alarm status is received. Trap number: 20010 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever IMA trunk alarm status is received. Trap number: 20012 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever an IPX, IGX 8400, BPX 8600 processor's CPU utilization is above the threshold. The alarm is reported from the node based on an existing interval statistic that is collected for profiling the performance of the node. Trap number: 20021 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever an IPX, IGX 8400, BPX 8600 processor's CPU utilization falls back below the threshold. The alarm is reported from the node based on an existing interval statistic that is collected for profiling the performance of the node. Trap number: 20022 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever an IPX, IGX 8400, BPX 8600 processor's dynamic memory utilization exceeds a fixed threshold. The alarm is reported from the node based on existing statistics that are collected for profiling the performance of the node. Trap number: 20023 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever an IPX, IGX 8400, BPX 8600 processor's dynamic memory utilization falls below a lower threshold indicating the memory allocation has returned to a safe level. The alarm is reported from the node based on existing statistics that are collected for profiling the performance of the node. Trap number: 20024 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever an IPX, IGX 8400, BPX 8600 bus fails. CPU utilization is above the threshold. The alarm is reported from the node based on an existing interval statistic that is collected for profiling the performance of the node. Trap number: 20025 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever an IPX, IGX 8400, BPX 8600 bus failure is cleared. Trap number: 20026 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap indicates that a normal event has occurred on the switch. Trap number: 1004 | svNodeGrpNetName | |
This trap indicates that a minor event has occurred on the switch. Trap number: 1005 | svNodeGrpNetName | |
This trap indicates that a major event has occurred on the switch. Trap number: 1006 | svNodeGrpNetName | |
This trap indicates that a critical event has occurred on the switch. Trap number: 1007 | svNodeGrpNetName | |
This trap is sent when a process within CWM, with the name trapSvProcessName, is restarted. Trap number: 25200 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is sent when a process within CWM, with the name trapSvProcessName is terminated. svNetworkName indicates the affected network by this event, if the terminated process is svmain. Otherwise, svNetworkName, is blank. Trap number: 25201 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is sent when CWM detects the relational database is full. Trap number: 25202 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is sent when CWM detects the relational database is no longer full. Trap number: 25203 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is sent when CWM detects the free disk space is running low. Trap number: 25204 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is sent when CWM detects the free disk space is no longer low. Trap number: 25205 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is sent when a CWM process encounters a TFTP error received from a node. Trap number: 25206 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is sent when the CWM RTM process cannot register with an agent (such as, an AXIS 8220/VNS node) because the limit for maximum number of Managers to register is reached. The default limit is eight Managers. Trap number: 25207 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated when the CWM statsparser process encounters an error when parsing a statistics file received from a node. Trap number: 25208 | lastSequenceNumber | |
CWM finds a given node with the name svNodeGrpName to be IP unreachable. Note, a node is considered to be unreachable when CWM cannot send IP packets to that node, although the node may be able to communicate with other nodes in the network. Trap number: 25300 | lastSequenceNumber | |
CWM finds a given node with the name svNodeGrpName to be IP reachable. Note, a node is considered to be reachable when CWM can send IP packets to the node, although the node may be unable to communicate with other nodes in the network. Trap number: 25301 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a node is added to the network. Trap number: 20050 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a node is deleted from the network. Trap number: 20051 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a node name is changed. Trap number: 20052 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a node IP address is changed. Trap number: 20053 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a node alarm status changes in the network. svNodeGrpAlarmState has the values clear (1), minor (2), major (3), and unreachable (4). svNodeGrpAlarmState is same as the node status shown in CWM topology display map. This trap gives aggregate status of a node. Trap number: 20054 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a card is added to IPX, Trap number: 20055 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a card is deleted from IPX, Trap number: 20056 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a peripheral is added to IPX, Trap number: 20057 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a peripheral is deleted from IPX, Trap number: 20058 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a trunk is added to IPX, Trap number: 20059 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a trunk is deleted from IPX, Trap number: 20060 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a line is added to IPX, Trap number: 20061 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a line is deleted from IPX, Trap number: 20062 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a port is added to IPX, Trap number: 20063 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a port is deleted from IPX, Trap number: 20064 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated when a card is modified on an IPX, Trap number: 20065 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated when a trunk is modified on an IPX, Database Column Description b_bq_depth Bursty Data B Queue Depth Trap number: 20066 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever a port is modified on an IPX, Database Column Description port_speed Port Speed in hundreds of bits per second For ATM ports, modifying following fields in the asi_port table trigger portModified trap: Database Column Description port_speed Port Speed in hundreds of bits per second There are no ports associated with voice connections. Trap number: 20067 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever the APS alarm is cleared. Trap number: 20100 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever the APS is enabled on the line. Trap number: 20101 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever the APS is disabled on the line. Trap number: 20102 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever the APS card is in alarm state. Trap number: 20103 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever the APS configured line is in alarm state. Trap number: 20104 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever the APS lines are switched. Trap number: 20105 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated whenever the APS line switch fails. Trap number: 20106 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated under the following conditions after the CWM database is in sync with the network: 1. A new user connection is added from any Connection Manager interface. 2. A 2-segment or 3-segment incomplete user connection becomes complete when the missing segment is added. Examples: (when there is no shelf, a null string {..} is used.) 1. The following is a 1-segment user connection with the segments listed below: bpx1..10.1.6.16 - bpx2..10.1.6.22 2. The following is a 2-segment user connection with the segments listed below: bpx1.axis1.6.1.100.100 - bpx1.axis1.1.2.6.16 bpx1..10.1.6.16 - bpx2..10.1.6.22 If one of the above 2 segments was initially missing and is added to form a complete user connection, this trap is generated. 3. The following is a 3-segment user connection with the segments listed below: bpx1.axis1.6.1.100.100 - bpx1.axis1.1.2.6.16 bpx1..10.1.6.16 - bpx2..10.1.6.22 bpx2.axis2.1.2.6.22 - bpx2.axis1.6.3.100.101 If one of the above 3 segments was initially missing and is added to form a complete user connection, this trap is generated. A user connection alarm status trap is also generated upon user connection completion. Trap number: 25013 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated under the following conditions after the CWM database is in sync with the network: 1. A 1-segment UserConnection is deleted. 2. A 2-segment or 3-segment complete user connection becomes incomplete when a segment is deleted. Examples: (when there is no shelf, a null string {..} is used.) 1. The following is a 1-segment user connection with the segments listed below: bpx1..10.1.6.16 - bpx2..10.1.6.22 This trap is generated when the above segment is deleted. 2. The following is a 2-segment user connection with the segments listed below: bpx1.axis1.6.1.100.100 - bpx1.axis1.1.2.6.16 bpx1..10.1.6.16 - bpx2..10.1.6.22 If one of the above 2 segments is deleted to change a complete into an incomplete user connection, this trap is generated. Note, no other user connection traps are generated when the remaining segment is deleted. 3. The following is a 3-segment user connection with the segments listed below: bpx1.axis1.6.1.100.100 - bpx1.axis1.1.2.6.16 bpx1..10.1.6.16 - bpx2..10.1.6.22 bpx2.axis2.1.2.6.22 - bpx2.axis1.6.3.100.101 If one of the above 3 segments is deleted to change a complete into an incomplete user connection, this trap is generated. Note, no other user connection traps are generated when the remaining segments are deleted. Trap number: 25014 | lastSequenceNumber | |
This trap is generated when a UserConnection table parameter is modified after the CWM database is in sync with the network. In a 3-segment UserConnection, a change to the bandwidth parameter can be reported by a routing node, as well as feeder nodes. These notifications are received asynchronously by CWM and are updated accordingly. If each of these notifications were to trigger a svUserConnModified trap, more than one trap would be generated. Therefore, to avoid generating multiple traps for a single modification, svUserConnModified is delayed for a configurable time out period. Within this timeout period, all segments of the UserConnection are updated, as reported by different nodes, and a single svUserConnModified trap is generated. The default value of time to delay this trap generation is 2 minutes. The parameters which cause svUserConnModified trap to be generated are as follows: User Connection Table: Database Column Description l_per_util Local end percent utilization r_per_util Remote end percent utilization l_mc_type Local multicast type flag (for multicast connections) r_mc_type Remote multicast type flag (for multicast connections) l_end_nni -1: unknown port type 1: nni port type 0: non nni port type r_end_nni -1: unknown port type or incomplete PVC 1: nni port type 0: non nni port type Logical Connection Table: Database Column Description cos Class of Service 0 = False 1 = True avoid_trk_type Trunk types to avoid: 1 = None 2 = Satellite 3 = Terrestrial avoid_zcs Avoid ZCS trunks 0 = False 1 = True
| lastSequenceNumber | |
svUserConnModified (continued) | Connection Table: Database Column Description bit(7) Fast EIA Enabled(1)/Dis rate_info coabled(0)n field of rate info: qir quiescent information rate in hundreds of bits per second. pir peak information rate in hundreds of bits per second vc_q_depth vc queue depth in bytes vc_q_thresh vc queue threshold in bytes (Ingress queue ECN threshold) vc_de_thresh Ingress queue DE threshold eg_q_depth Egress queue depth eg_q_de_thresh Egress queue DE threshold eg_q_ecn_thresh Egress queue ECN threshold de_tag_ena DE tagging enable/disable cmax credit max for a connection in packets conn_info_flag connection information flag cir committed information rate in hundreds of bits per second ibs initial burst size bc burst-committed in bytes be burst-excess in bytes eg_q_select Egress queue selection
|
|
svUserConnModified (continued) | Connection Table (continued): Database Column Description channel_type Channel type (currently used by connections terminating on FRSM) fecn Forward explicit congestion notification. de_to_clp_map DE to CLP map clp_to_de_map CLP to DE map rate_type For voice/data connections only rate type: 0-13 rate_fctr For data conns only: rate factor: (1-8) smpl_per_pckt For data connections only: ATM Connection Table: Database Column Description mir minimum information rate in 100bps qir quiescent information rate in 100bps pir peak information rate in 100bps cir committed information rate in 100bps con_info_flag connection information flag: ibs Initial burst size vc_q_depth VC queue depth in bytes efci_q_thresh EFCI Queue thresh cbs CBS mfs MFS ccdv CCDV clp_hi CLP High threshold |
|
svUserConnModified (continued) | ATM Connection Table (continued): Database Column Description clp_lo CLP Low threshold fst_rate_up ForeSight Rate Up fst_rate_dn ForeSight Rate Down fst_fast_dn ForeSight Fast Down fst_qir_to ForeSight QIR timeout fst_max_adj ForeSight Maximum Adjustment clp_tagging CLP Tagging (enable = 2, disable = 1) upc_enable UPC Enable (enable = 2, disable = 1) rm_enable RM Enable (enable = 2, disable = 1) u_fgcra FGCRA (enable = 2, disable = 1) u_scr_policing SCR Policing (CLP0 = 1, CLP0 and CLP1 = 2, off = 3) u_pcr01 PCR0+1 u_ccdv01 CCDV0+1 u_ccdv0 CCDV0 nrm NRM tbe TBE frtt FRTT vsvd VSVD mc_type Multicast type:
CESM Connection Table: Database Column Description max_buf_size maximum size of reassembly buffer (in octets). cell_loss_period cell loss integration period (milliseconds) cdv_rx_t maximum cell arrival jitter tolerated by the reassembly process (in 10 microsecond increments). cbr_clock_mode clocking mode of the CBR service
|
|
svUserConnModified (continued) | CESM Connection Table (continued): Database Column Description cas specifies if CAS bits are carried by the service. Values: partial_fill number of user octets per cell, if partial cell fill is used Value range: 0-47 idle_detection Idle Detection (CESM-8) Values: onhook_code Onhook Code (CESM-8) Value range: 0-15 idle_suppression Idle Suppression (CESM-8) Values: Trap number: 25015 |
|
This trap is sent when a process within CWM has completed synchronizing its database with the configuration in the network. CWM generates network configuration change traps to the external clients after this synchronization is complete. Trap number: 25075 | lastSequenceNumber |
This section provides a detailed description of the Service MIB and its associated tables and access methods.
The CWM Service MIB contains the following service groups:
The Connection Service Group (connGroup) contains sets of objects allowing you to create, configure, delete, and perform other management related tasks on connections and protocol specific end points. All objects under the connGroup tree are handled by the CWM sub-agent ConnProxy.
The connGroup contains the following tables and scalar objects:
Table of Connection entries. See Section, "Connection Table" for detailed information.
This scalar object provides the elapsed time, since the management entity supporting this MIB, was started. See Section, "Connection Group - Scalar Objects" for detailed information.
This scalar object provides the last error index in the svCmpaErrorTable. See Section, "Connection Group - Scalar Objects" for detailed information.
This scalar object allows you to flush all entries in the svCmpaErrorTable. See Section, "Connection Group - Scalar Objects" for detailed information.
Table of recent errors reported by the ConnProxy sub-agent. See Section, "ConnProxy Error Table" for detailed information.
This scalar object provides the description of the last error generated by the ConnProxy sub-agent. See Section, "ConnProxy Error Table" for detailed information.
This scalar object provides the error code of the last error generated by the ConnProxy sub-agent. See Section, "ConnProxy Error Table" for detailed information.
Table of Circuit Emulation (CE) end point entries. See Section, "Circuit Emulation End Point Table" for detailed information.
Table of ATM end point entries. See Section, "ATM End Point Table".
Table of root or leaf connections in a multicast group. See Section, "Multicast Connection View Table".
Table of Frame Relay end point entries. See Section, "Frame Relay End Point Table".
This table provides a list of connections in an alarmed state. See Section, "Connection Alarm Table".
Table of voice end point entries. See Section, "Voice End Point Table".
Table of data end-point entries. See Section, "Data End Point Table".
Table of RPM end-point entries. See Section, "RPM End Point Table".
The Port Service Group (portGroup) contains sets of objects allowing you to create, configure, delete, and perform other management related tasks on ports. All objects under the portGroup tree are handled by the CWM sub-agent PortProxy.
The portGroup group contains the following tables and scalar objects:
This table provides state information of all ports. See Section, "Port State Table".
This table allows you to obtain the next available logical port on a card supporting logical ports. See Section, "Next Available Logical Port Table".
This table provides the logical port associated with the given physical port specifics on a card supporting logical ports. See Section, "Physical To Logical Map Table".
Table of all ATM, IMA, and CE (Circuit Emulation) ports. See Section, "ATM Port Table".
Table of recent errors reported by the PortProxy sub-agent. See Section, "PortProxy Error Table".
This table provides a list of ports in an alarmed state. See Section, "Port Alarm Table".
Scalar object providing the last error index in psaErrorTable. See Section, "Port Group - Scalar Objects".
This scalar object allows you to flush all entries in the psaErrorTable. See Section, "Port Group - Scalar Objects".
This scalar object provides the description of the last error generated by the PortProxy sub-agent. See Section, "Port Group - Scalar Objects".
This scalar object provides the error code of the last error generated by the PortProxy sub-agent. See Table 3-33 for a list of the possible errors.
Table of all STUN and BSTUN protocol groups. See Section, "FRASM Protocol Group Configuration Table".
Table containing configuration information about the SDLC link stations on the network. See Section, "SDLC Link Station Table".
Table containing mapping information which is used to route between an SDLC or BSC port/station pair and an LCN/DLCI pair. See Section, "Channel Route Configuration Table".
Table containing a FRASM channel with its LLC parameters; retry count and ACK wait time. See Section, "LLC Channel Parameter Configuration Table".
Table of all CESM ports See Section, "CESM Port Configuration Table".
Table containing configuration information about all of the service queues on FRSM-VHS ports. See Section, "FRSM VHS Service Queue Configuration Table".
Table containing configuration information about all of the voice and data ports in the network. See Section, "Voice Data Port Table".
Table of all Frame Relay ports. See Section, "Frame Relay Port Table".
The DAS Service Group (insDas) contains sets of objects allowing you to create, configure, delete, and perform other management related tasks on ports. All objects under the insDas tree are handled by the CWM sub-agent PortProxy.
The insDas group contains the following tables and scalar objects:
Table containing ANI information. See Section, "DAS Table".
Table used to configure dial/dial backup connections and backup associations. See Section, "DAS Connection Table".
Table used to maintain status information about SNMP Set errors encountered in the DAS Proxy. See Section, "DAS Error Table".
Scalar object providing the last error index in dasErrorTable. See Section, "DAS Group - Scalar Objects".
This scalar object allows you to flush all entries in the dasErrorTable. See Section, "DAS Group - Scalar Objects".
This scalar object provides the description of the last error generated by the PortProxy sub-agent. See Section, "DAS Group - Scalar Objects".
This scalar object provides the error code of the last error generated by the PortProxy sub-agent. See Table 3-33 for a list of the possible errors.
The Card Service Group (cardGroup) provides card information about the network nodes. For the MGX 8220 core card set, this MIB also provides a switch over function. All objects under the cardGroup tree are handled by the CWM sub-agent PortProxy.
The cardGroup group contains the following tables and scalar objects:
This table provides card information about the network nodes. See Section, "Card Table".
This table provides information about the cards in an alarmed state. See Section, "Card Alarm Table".
The Connection table (svConnTable) contains a list of all the FR-FR, FR-ATM, ATM-ATM, ATM-CE, and CE-CE connections in the network. This table maintains information about all end-to-end connections in the network. The entries describe the association between a local end point and a remote end point. These two end points define the end-to-end connection, regardless of the network topology.
This table is indexed by svConnIndex.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 | A unique value greater than 0 for each entry in the table. The value assigned must remain constant at least from one reinitialization of the management entity to the next. The special value 0 must be used for adding new rows in the table. The actual index is generated internally by the Proxy. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0 to 2147483647 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The Object ID of the first attribute of the local end point in the associated protocol specific end point table. Access: read-write. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The Object ID of the first attribute of the remote end point in the associated protocol specific end point table. Access: read-write. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Operation status of the connection. incomplete (5) indicates some segments of the connection exist, however, others may be in an unknown or non-existent state. Access: read-only. | inactive (1) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Administrative status of the connection. This attribute may be set to testing (3) only when svConnOpStatus has the value clear (2). Access: read-write. | inactive (1) active (2) testing (3) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 | To create an entry in this table, set the value of this object to createAndGo (4). To delete the connection and the corresponding end points, set the value to destroy (6). Other required parameters can also be set in the same request. Access: read-write. | active (1) createAndGo (4) destroy (6) | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 | Types of trunks to avoid for the transfer of data. Current choices are to avoid satellite links, terrestrial links, or to not avoid any specific type of link. Access: read-write. | none (1), Default value: none (1) | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 | Flag to force the connection to avoid trunks with zero code suppression (ZCS). Access: read-write. | false (1) true (2) Default value: false | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 | A class of service for this connection. The lower the class value, the higher the routing priority of the connection. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-15 Default value: 0 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 | Flag to enable/disable ForeSight. Access: read-only. | enable (1) disable (2) | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 | A description of the current route. Descriptor provides information about the domain, nodename, slot, and possibly a port and virtual trunk for each hop in the route. SNMP Get operations: for example, Node1 15--15.5Node2 is a valid route specifying a terrestrial link between Node1 slot 15 and Node2 slot 15.5. Inter-domain connection's routes will append the remote domain and nodename of the terminating end point. Satellite trunks are denoted as "~~" and unknown types are shown as "??". For the originating node, only the node name and outgoing trunk are shown. For the via nodes, the node names and both incoming and outgoing trunks are shown. For the destination node, only the node name and incoming trunk is shown. Each trunk can be described in the following four fashions: where: Examples: 1. Node1 15--15.5Node2 2. Node1 15--15.5.1Node2 13.1--3Node3 3. Node1 15--15.5.1Node2 13.1--3.1Node3 2.2.1~~5Node4 Access: read-only. | String from 0-256 characters | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Descriptor of the preferred route (all hops specified). Descriptor provides information about the domain, nodename, slot, port, and possibly a virtual trunk for each hop in the route. For example, Node1.15 - Node2 is a valid route specifying a terrestrial link between Node1 slot 15 and Node2. Following is a description of the general format for svConnPrefRouteDesc: (<node_name>.<TRK>[.0])* - <node_name> (<node_name>.<slot.port>)* - <node_name>. Some additional valid descriptions are: 2) Node1.15.1-Node2.13.1-Node3 3) Node1.15 - Node2.12 - Node3.15 - Node4 4) Node1.15.0 - Node2.12.0 - Node3.15.0 - Node4 5) Node1.15.0 - Node2.12.1.5 - Node3.15.0 - Node4 6) Node2 Note: the (...)* notation means the description inside the parenthesis may repeat any number of times, only limited by the total length, which is 255, and the [...] notation signifies it is optional. Descriptions 1 and 2 above are equivalent, as are 3 and 4. Access: read-write. | String from 0-256 characters Default value: ''h | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The node name of the route master. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Provides the minimum packet load available on the mandatory path of this connection in the local->remote direction. This variable is determined by comparing available bandwidth on every trunk on which the connection is mandatorily routed and reporting the minimum available bandwidth. For interdomain connections, this value represents available bandwidth through all domains. This variable is meaningful for routed connections only. Value "-1" is returned in the case of internal errors and "0" is returned for DAX connections. Access: read-only. | Value range: -1 to 2147483647 Unit: packets per second | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | This variable provides the minimum BData A Cmax available on the mandatory path of this connection in local->remote direction. This variable is determined by comparing available BData A Cmax on every trunk on which the connection is mandatorily routed and reporting the minimum available. For interdomain connections, this value represents available BData A Cmax through all domains. This variable is meaningful for routed connections only. Value "-1" is returned in the case of internal errors and "0" is returned for DAX connections. Access: read-only. | Value range: -1 to 65534 Unit: bytes | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | This variable provides the minimum BData B Cmax available on the mandatory path of this connection in local->remote direction. This variable is determined by comparing available BData B Cmax on every trunk on which the connection is mandatorily routed and reporting the minimum available. For interdomain connections, this value represents available BData B Cmax through all domains. This variable is meaningful for routed connections only. Value "-1" is returned in the case of internal errors and "0" is returned for DAX connections. Access: read-only. | Value range: -1 to 65534 Unit: bytes | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | This variable provides the minimum packet load available on the mandatory path of this connection in remote->local direction. This variable is determined by comparing available bandwidth on every trunk on which the connection is mandatorily routed and reporting the minimum available bandwidth. For interdomain connections, this value represents available bandwidth through all domains. This variable is meaningful for routed connections only. Value "-1" is returned in the case of internal errors and "0" is returned for DAX connections. Access: read-only. | Value range: -1 to 2147483647 Unit: packets per second | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | This variable provides the minimum BData A Cmax available on the mandatory path of this connection in remote->local direction. This variable is determined by comparing available BData A Cmax on every trunk on which the connection is mandatorily routed and reporting the minimum available. For interdomain connections, this value represents available BData A Cmax through all domains. This variable is meaningful for routed connections only. Value "-1" is returned in the case of internal errors and "0" is returned for DAX connections. Access: read-only. | Value range: -1 to 65534 Unit: bytes | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | This variable provides the minimum BData B Cmax available on the mandatory path of this connection in remote->local direction. This variable is determined by comparing available BData B Cmax on every trunk on which the connection is mandatorily routed and reporting the minimum available. For interdomain connections, this value represents available BData B Cmax through all domains. This variable is meaningful for routed connections only. Value "-1" is returned in the case of internal errors and "0" is returned for DAX connections. Access: read-only. | Value range: -1 to 65534 Unit: bytes | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Specifies the type of test to be conducted on this connection. The test is executed when this attribute is set to the appropriate test Access: read-write. | continuity (1) delay (2) none (255) Default value: none (255) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Contains the result of an executed connection test. When a continuity test is executed, this object contains the value "0" when successful, or "-2" upon failure. When a delay test is successfully executed, this object indicates the round trip delay (in milliseconds) for the connection. When the delay test fails, this object contains the value "-2". When no test has been executed, or the svConnTestType is Set, this object returns the value "-1". Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | A-bit status of the connection. A-bit status indicates the loss of signal with CPE. Access: read-only. | clear (1) fail (2) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Connection type. fr-fr indicates a Frame Relay to Frame Relay connection. atm-atm indicates an ATM to ATM connection. atm-fr indicates an ATM to Frame Relay connection. ce-ce indicates a CESM to CESM connection. voice-voice indicates a voice to voice connection. data-data indicates a data to data connection. atm-ce indicates an ATM to CESM connection. rpm-fr indicates an RPM to Frame Relay connection. atm-rpm indicates an RPM to ATM connection. rpm-rpm indicates an RPM to RPM connection. atm-vism indicates an AUSM to VISM connection. unknown indicates an incomplete connection. SNMP Get/Getnext/Set is not supported for voice-voice and data-data connections. Access: read-only. | fr-fr (1) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The local end point information in string format (the instance information of the end point). Frame Relay: node.shelf.slot.line.port.dlci. ATM: node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci. CE: node.shelf.slot.port.0.0 When there is no shelf, a null string {..} is returned. Examples: Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The remote end point information in string format. That is, the instance information of the end point. Frame Relay: node.shelf.slot.line.port.dlci. ATM: node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci. CE: node.shelf.slot.port.0.0 When there is no shelf, a null string {..} is returned. Examples: Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | This object must be specified to complete a connection. For a connection from an ATM end to an ATM end, the svConnSubType cbr-1 (1), vbr-1 (2), vbr-2 (3), vbr-3 (4), abr-fs (5), ubr-1 (8), For a connection from a Frame Relay end to a Frame Relay end, the svConnSubType fr (7) and fr-fs (6) are allowed. For a connection from a CESM end to a CESM end, the svConnSubType cbr-1 (1) is allowed. For a connection from an ATM end to a Frame Relay end, or for a connection from a Frame Relay end to an ATM end, svConnType is atm-fr, and svConnSubType abr-fs (5) and vbr-3 (4) are allowed. The svConnSubType cbr-1 is an ATM CBR connection. CLP (cell loss priority tagging option) is not applicable. When cbr-1 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied: The svConnSubType vbr-1 is an ATM VBR type connection. CLP is not applicable. When vbr-1 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied: The svConnSubType vbr-2 is an Atm VBR type connection. CLP is applicable and its value is disable. When vbr-2 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied: | cbr1 (1) vbr1 (2) vbr2 (3) vbr3 (4) abr-fs (5) fr-fs (6) fr (7) ubr-1 (8) ubr-2 (9) abr-1 (10) voice-1 (11) data-1 (12) rt-vbr1 (13) rt-vbr2 (14) rt-vbr3 (15) atfst (31) atftfst (32) atfxfst (33) unknown (200) | |
svConnSubType (continued) | IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The svConnSubType vbr-3 is an ATM VBR type connection. CLP is applicable and its value is enable. When vbr-3 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied: The svConnSubType abr-fs is an ATM ABR type connection. ForeSight is enabled. CLP is applicable and its value is enable. When abr-fs is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied: The svConnSubType fr-fr is a Frame Relay type connection. ForeSight is disabled. The svConnSubType fr-fs is a Frame Relay type connection. ForeSight is enabled. The svConnSubType ubr-1 is an ATM UBR type connection. The subType ubr-1 is not supported on MGX 8220 cards. CLP is applicable and its value is disable. When ubr-1 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied: |
|
svConnSubType (continued) | IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The svConnSubType ubr-2 is an ATM UBR type connection. The subType ubr-2 is not supported on MGX 8220 cards. CLP is applicable and its value is enable. When ubr-2 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied: The svConnSubType abr-1 is an ATM ABR type connection. The subType abr-1 is not supported on MGX 8220 cards. ForeSight is disabled. CLP is applicable and its value is disable. When abr-1 is selected, the following parameters must be specified or the default value is applied: For an FR-FR connection, where one of the end points is FRSM-VHS, svConnSubType must be set to fr-fs when the Channel Service Type is abr. For other service types, it must be set to fr. Connections for subtypes atfst, atftfst, and atfxfst are supported only for ATM-ATM and ATM-FR connections for ATM service endpoints on routing nodes such as BPX or AXIS. Connections cannot terminate on IPX or IGX nodes. The svConnSubType unknown indicates an incomplete connection. Access: read-only. |
|
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | This object is not applicable for a single segment connection. For a three segment connection, it is the local end point of the second segment, which is the master end of the routing segment. For a two segment connection, it is the remote end point of the first segment (which is the routing segment). Get on this object returns a value of {0 0}, the NULL Object ID, for a single segment connection. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The middle end point information in string format (the instance information of the end point): node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci (it's always an ATM end point) Example: bpx10..3.1.15.150 (BPX 8600 - BNI) This object is not applicable for a single segment connection. An SNMP Get on this object returns a NULL string for one segment. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The number of segments (1, 2, or 3) for this connection. Single segment connection: connection between routing nodes: BPX 8600-ASI to BPX 8600-ASI, Two segment connections: connection between a routing node and a feeder: Example segments for IPX-FRP to Three segment connections: connection between two feeder nodes: Example segments for MGX 8220-FRSM to Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The first connection segment in the string format: Endpoint-A - Endpoint-B where, Endpoint is: node.shelf.slot.line.port.dlci (for Frame Relay) node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci (for ATM). Note that AIT end point on IPX and BNM end point on MGX 8220 are treated as ATM end points. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The second connection segment in the string format: Endpoint-A - Endpoint-B where Endpoint is: node.shelf.slot.line.port.dlci (for Frame Relay) node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci (for ATM). Note that AIT end point on IPX and BNM end point on MGX 8220 are treated as ATM end points. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The third connection segment in the string format: Endpoint-A - Endpoint-B where, Endpoint is: node.shelf.slot.line.port.dlci (for Frame Relay) node.shelf.slot.port.vpi.vci (for ATM). Note that AIT end point on IPX and BNM end point on MGX 8220 are treated as ATM end points. Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | This MIB variable allows you to add a new connection on a port even when it is over subscribed. Access: read-write. | disable (1) enable (2) | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | This variable provides the minimum cell load available on the current path of this connection, in master-slave direction. This variable is determined by comparing available bandwidth on every trunk on which the connection is currently routed, and reporting the minimum available bandwidth. For interdomain connections, this value represents available bandwidth through all domains. This variable is meaningful for routed connections only. Value "-1" is returned in the case of internal errors and "0" is returned for DAX connections. Access: read-only. | Value range: -1 to 2147483647 Unit: cells per second. | |
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | This variable provides the minimum cell load available on the current path of this connection, in slave->master direction. This variable is determined by comparing available bandwidth on every trunk on which the connection is currently routed, and reporting the minimum available bandwidth. For interdomain connections, this value represents available bandwidth through all domains. This variable is meaningful for routed connections only. Value "-1" is returned in the case of internal errors and "0" is returned for DAX connections. Access: read-only. | Value range: -1 to 2147483647 Unit: cells per second | |
svConnCellRouting | IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | This variable specifies whether a cell routing trunk is used for this connection. When it is enabled (1), this connection is routed only on the cell routing trunks. When disabled (2), this connection can be routed on any available trunk. This object value has meaning only when the connection is non-local and the master end of the connection is a UXM or BXM card (also, connection type is ATM and sub type is one of: VBR, CBR, UBR, and ABR). Otherwise, this parameter is ignored. Access: read-write. | enable (1) disable (2) Default values: UXM/BXM/BME master end ATM connections: enable (1). For all non ATM connections: disable (2). |
svConnAISStatus | IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) status of the connection. Access: read-only. | unknown (1), |
svConnOAMLoopbackStatus | IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | OAM Loopback test status of the connection. Access: read-only. | unknown (1), |
svConnServRateOvrRide | IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | This MIB variable allows the user to set the service rate of a connection using the frEndPointChanServRate MIB object. The variable is applicatble to FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/CT3/HS2 and FRSM-8 cards on MGX 8850 Release 1.1.20 or later releases. The default value is disable. | enable(1), disable(2) |
To create a connection, the following operations must be performed in a single "SNMP Set" request.
1. Create a protocol specific local end point entry.
2. Create a protocol specific remote end point entry.
3. Create a svConnTable entry.
See section "Creating a CE (Circuit Emulation) End Point" for procedure on creating Circuit Emulation end points.
See section "Creating an ATM End Point" for procedure on creating ATM end points.
See section "Creating a Frame Relay End Point" for procedure on creating Frame Relay end points.
Use the following variables while creating svConnTable entry:
1. OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.3.1.2.<connIndex>
2. OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.3.1.3.<connIndex>
3. OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.3.1.6.<connIndex>
4. OID :1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.3.1.26.<connIndex>
Example:
The following example creates a Frame Relay to Frame Relay connection using the following end points:
Local End Point:
Node : nmsbpx09 (Encoded Value is: 8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57)
Shelf : axis165 (Encoded Value is: 7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53)
Slot : 7 (Card Type in Slot 7 is: FRSM)
Line : 3
Port : 10 (Starting Channel Number is 10)
DLCI : 545
Remote End Point:
Node : nmsbpx01 (Encoded Value is: 8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.49)
Shelf : axis250 (Encoded Value is: 7.97.120.105.115.50.53.48)
Slot : 5 (Card Type in Slot 5 is FRSM)
Line : 1
Port : 12 (Starting Channel Number is 12)
DLCI : 888
> snmpset -p 8161 -c private nm20fst7 frEndPointRowStatus.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.7.3.10.545 integer 4 frEndPointRowStatus.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.49.7.97.120.105.115.50.53.48.5.1.12.888 integer 4 svConnLocalEndPt.0 objectidentifier frEndPointEntry.1.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.7.3.10.545 svConnRemoteEndPt.0 objectidentifier frEndPointEntry.1.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.49.7.97.120.105.115.50.53.48.5.1.12.888 svConnSubType.0 integer 7 svConnRowStatus.0 integer 4
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.frEndPointTable.frEndPointEntry.frEndPointRowStatus.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.7.3.10.545 : INTEGER: createAndGo
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.frEndPointTable.frEndPointEntry.frEndPointRowStatus.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.49.7.97.120.105.115.50.53.48.5.1.12.888 : INTEGER: createAndGo
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.svConnTable.svConnEntry.svConnLocalEndPt.0 : OBJECT IDENTIFIER:.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.frEndPointTable.frEndPointEntry.frEndPointNodeName.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.7.3.10.545
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.svConnTable.svConnEntry.svConnRemoteEndPt.0 : OBJECT IDENTIFIER:.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.frEndPointTable.frEndPointEntry.frEndPointNodeName.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.49.7.97.120.105.115.50.53.48.5.1.12.888
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.svConnTable.svConnEntry.svConnSubType.0 : INTEGER: fr
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.svConnTable.svConnEntry.svConnRowStatus.0 : INTEGER: createAndGo
To delete a connection, perform an "SNMP Set" operation on the following variable:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.3.1.6.<connIndex>
Name : svConnRowStatus
Type : Integer
Community : private
Value : 6 (destroy)
where, <connIndex> is the connection table index for the connection to be deleted. The <connIndex> value can be obtained by using the procedure as described in the previous section.
Example:
The following example deletes a connection whose connection index is 29.
> snmpset -p 8161 -c private nm20fst7 svConnRowStatus.29 integer 6
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.svConnTable.svConnEntry.svConnRowStatus.29 : INTEGER: destroy
Note, deleting a connection automatically deletes associated end point entries.
To test a connection (either for continuity or for round trip delay), use the following procedure:
1. Get the connection index for the connection.
2. Set svConnAdminStatus to "testing" and svConnTestType to "continuity" or "delay".
3. Perform an "SNMP Get" on svConnTestResult to obtain the result of the test operation.
4. To initiate the connection testing, perform an "SNMP Set" on the following variables:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.3.1.4.<connIndex>
Name : svConnAdminStatus
Type : Integer
Community : private
Value : 3 (testing)
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.3.1.20.<connIndex>
Name : svConnTestType
Type : Integer
Community : private
Value : 1 (for testing continuity) or 2 (for testing delay)
where, <connIndex> is the svConnTable index for the connection to be deleted. The <connIndex> value can be obtained using the procedure as described in the previous section.
5. To obtain the result of the test, perform an "SNMP Get" on the following variables:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.3.1.21.<connIndex>
Name : svConnTestResult
Type : Integer
Community : public.
The connGroup contains a set of scalar objects in addition to other connection management tables and the ConnProxy Error table. These scalar objects allow CWM to flush the ConnProxy Error table. The connGroup Scalar objects also allow you to access the last error message and error code from the ConnProxy Error table. The svConnMibUpTime object provides the time elapsed since the ConnProxy was started.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
Not applicable. | The equivalent of sysUpTime for this MIB, it's the elapsed time since the management entity supporting this MIB (ConnProxy) was started. Access: read-only. | Value returned is in one hundredth of seconds. | |
Not applicable. | When at least one entry exists in the svCmpaErrorTable, the value of this object contains the index corresponding to the last entry inserted in the table. When no entries have been inserted in svCmpaErrorTable, the agent returns 0 for a query of this variable. Access: read-only. |
| |
Not applicable. | Setting this object to the value "flush" indicates to the agent that a Manager would like the svCmpaErrorTable to be immediately flushed of all entries. A management retrieval of this object always returns the value "noOp". Setting this object to the value "noOp" is invalid. Access: read-write. | noOp (1) flush (2) | |
Not applicable. | This object contains the error description of the last error generated. When the error table contains no errors, an SNMP Get returns a NULL string. Access: read-only. | String from 0-255 characters | |
Not applicable. | This object contains the error code of the last error generated. When the error table contains no errors, an SNMP Get on this object returns 500. Access: read-only. | See Table 3-19 for description of enumerated values for this variable. |
Community strings for accessing the objects in the CWM Service MIB are stored in the /usr/users/svplus/config/SNMPProxy.conf configuration file. The community strings are read during the CWM Service Agent start-up, and cannot be dynamically changed during run time. The default value for "SNMP Get" and "SNMP GetNext" queries is public. The default value for "SNMP Set" requests is private.
To obtain the elapsed time since the ConnProxy sub-agent was started, perform an "SNMP Get" on the following variable:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.1.<0>
Name : svConnMibUpTime
Type : TimeTicks
Community : public
Example Query:
> snmpget -p 8161 -c public nm20fst7 svConnMibUpTime.0
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.svConnMibUpTime.0 : Timeticks: (8506646) 23:37:46.46
To obtain the error description of the last "SNMP Set" failure from one of the ConnProxy tables, perform an "SNMP Get" on the following variables:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.10.<0>
Name : svCmpaErrorLastEcode
Type : Integer
Community : public
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.11.<0>
Name : svCmpaErrorLastDesc
Type : DisplayString
Community : public
Example Query:
> snmpget -p 8161 -c public nm20fst7 svCmpaErrorLastEcode.0 svCmpaErrorLastDesc.0
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.svCmpaErrorLastEcode.0 : INTEGER: endpt-exists
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.svCmpaErrorLastDesc.0 : DISPLAY STRING- (ascii): [09/26/97 14:58:14] EndPtVpi.Vci already in use: nmsbpx02.axis164.11.1.1.100.-1
The ConnProxy Error table (svCmpaErrorTable) contains a list of recent errors reported by the ConnProxy sub-agent. When an "SNMP Set" on one of the connGroup table object fails, an entry is created in this table and the svCmpaErrorLastIndex object is updated. Even though this table is indexed by requestId only, the same requestId can be used by different Managers. The reason is the Managers's IP Address is used as an additional index.
This table is indexed by svCmpaErrorReqId.
| MIB Object | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|
This object contains the PDU request ID associated with the SNMP Set request. The Manager must use this information to find the error associated with a particular SNMP request. Note, an SNMP request ID may be reused by the same Manager. When this occurs, the older entry in the table is replaced with the new error status. Managers must be aware that error information may therefore be lost. Access: read-only. |
| |
This object contains error status information for failed SNMP Sets to one or more objects in the frPortsCfgTable table. Rows in this table may be created as the result of a failed SNMP Set operation. As the SNMP standard allows only a limited number of error result codes, the Managers can retrieve this variable to obtain additional information on a failed Set operation. Typically, this object contains a user friendly description of the cause of the error. Access: read-only. | String from 1-255 characters | |
This object contains the error code of the failed SNMP Set operation. The error codes from 500 upwards are specific to the Error table operation itself. Note, currently SNMP Get errors are not updated in the Error table. Access: read-only. | See Table 3-19 for descriptions of the enumerated values for this object. | |
svCmpaErrorLastDesc | Contains the error description of the last error generated. When the error table contains no errors, an SNMP Get on this returns a NULL string. | String from 1-255 characters |
svCmpaErrorLastEcode | Contains the error code of the last error generated. When the error table contains no errors, an SNMP Get on this object returns 500. | See Table 3-19 for descriptions of the enumerated values for this object. |
The following table describes the enumerated values returned by the svCmpaErrorEcode and svCmpaErrorLastEcode objects.
| Error Code | Description |
|---|---|
invalid-network (1) | No such network (domain) in the database. |
invalid-node (2) | No such node in the database. |
invalid-shelf (3) | No such shelf for the given node. |
invalid-release (4) | Unsupported release for the given node/shelf. |
node-timeout (5) | Timeout from the given node/shelf. |
node-busy (6) | Node is busy processing other requests. |
no-snmpcomm (7) | The snmpcomm demon process is not running. |
snmpcomm-error (8) | Internal error at the snmpcomm demon process. |
node-error (9) | Error at the embedded agent. |
bad-value (10) | Bad value for the given object. |
port-not-found (11) | The specified port does not exist. |
slot-is-full (12) | AddConn error, no more connections on this slot. |
slot-not-found (20) | The specified slot does not exist. |
conn-not-found (100) | The specified connection does not exist. |
endpt-exists (101) | AddConn error, end point already exists. |
lendpt-exists (102) | AddConn error, local end point already exists. |
rendpt-exists (103) | AddConn error, remote end point already exists. |
lendpt-missing (104) | svConnLocalEndPt is missing from the Set request. |
rendpt-missing (105) | svConnRemoteEndPt is missing from the Set request. |
db-lendpt-not-found (106) | Could not find local end point in database. |
db-rendpt-not-found (107) | Could not find remote end point in database. |
lendpt-not-found (108) | svConnLocalEndPt specified does not exists. |
rendpt-not-found (109) | svConnRemoteEndPt specified does not exists. |
dangling-endpt (110) | The end point is part of an incomplete connection. |
endpt-rowstatus-missing (111) | frEndPointRowStatus is missing from the Set request. |
conn-rowstatus-missing (112) | svConnRowStatus is missing from the Set request. |
invalid-endpt-rowstatus (113) | End point RowStatus can not be set to active. |
invalid-conn-rowstatus (114) | svConnRowStatus can not be set to active. |
invalid-connindex (115) | Invalid connection index used for AddConn. |
testtype-missing (116) | svConnTestType is missing from the Set request. |
partial-add (117) | Connection is added, however, modification failed. |
partial-mod (118) | The end point is modified, however, the connection parameters are not modified. |
invalid-bw (119) | Invalid bandwidth parameter relationship. |
not-active (120) | Connection is not in active state. |
invalid-adminstatus (121) | svConnAdminStatus can be Set to testing only. |
not-clear (122) | svConnOpStatus is not in clear state. |
invalid-endpt-comb (123) | Invalid end point combination for the connection. |
invalid-chantype (124) | Invalid chanType for the given end point combination. |
cmgrd-timeout (125) | No response from the cmgrd demon. |
no-cmgrd (126) | The cmgrd demon is not running. |
ronly-for-frp (127) | Object is read-only for FRP (IPX) end point. |
invalid-chanFECNconfig (128) | Invalid chanFECNconfig for the given chanType. |
invalid-chanCLPtoDEmap (129) | Invalid chanCLPtoDEmap for the given chanType. |
ibs-less-bc (130) | InitialBurstSize (IBS) should be less than or equal to Bc. |
invalid-NRM (131) | Invalid NRM value. |
invalid-TBE (132) | Invalid value for Transient Buffer Exposure. |
foresight-disabled (133) | PIR, MIR and QIR can not be Modified for MGX 8220 end point, when ForeSight is disabled. |
invalid-FRTT (134) | Invalid value for the Fixed Round-Trip Time. |
invalid-VSVD (135) | Invalid value for Virtual Source/Virtual Destination. |
invalid-Policing (136) | Invalid the traffic policing value. |
invalid-PCRZeroPlus1 (137) | Invalid Peak Cell Rate. |
invalid-CDVTZeroPlus1 (138) | Invalid Cell Delay Variation Tolerance. |
invalid-MCR (139) | Invalid Minimum Cell Rate. |
invalid-PercUti l (140) | Invalid percentage utilization setting. |
invalid-SCRZeroPlus1 (141) | Invalid Sustainable Cell Rate. |
invalid-MBS (142) | Invalid Committed Burst Size. |
invalid-FGCRA (143) | Invalid FGCRA. |
invalid-BCM (144) | Invalid BCM cell enable or disable. |
invalid-ICR (145) | Invalid Initial Cell Rate. |
invalid-RateUp (146) | Invalid ForeSight Rate Up value. |
invalid-RateDown (147) | Invalid ForeSight Rate Down value. |
invalid-ICRTO (149) | Invalid Initial Cell Rate Time out. |
invalid-MinAdjustPeriod (150) | Invalid ForeSight minimum adjustment value. |
invalid-connectionOvrSubOvrRide (151) | Invalid oversubscribe value. |
policing-not-settable-on-axis (152) | Policing can not be Set for MGX 8220. |
rateup-not-settable-on-axis (153) | Rateup can not be Set for MGX 8220. |
ratedown-not-settable-on-axis (154) | RateDown can not be Set for MGX 8220. |
frtt-not-settable-on-axis (155) | FRTT can not be Set for MGX 8220. |
tbe-not-settable-on-axis (156) | TBE can not be Set for MGX 8220. |
vsvd-not-settable-on-axis (157) | VSVD can not be Set for MGX 8220. |
icrto-not-settable-on-axis (158) | ICRTimeout can not be Set for MGX 8220. |
minadj-not-settable-on-axis (159) | MinAdjust can not be Set for MGX 8220. |
nrm-not-settable-on-axis (160) | NRM can not be Set for MGX 8220 |
bcm-not-settable-on-axis (161) | BCM can not be Set for MGX 8220 |
connSubType-not-settable-for-MODIFY (162) | connSubType can not be Set for MODIFY connection. |
connSubType-conflicts-with-endPoints (163) | connSubType does not fit the End Points. |
mandatory-param (164) | Mandatory parameter for create. |
invalid-set (165) | Parameter cannot be modified after create. |
rpm-rpm-dax-disallowed (166) | One segment RPM-RPM connection can not be added. |
invalid-MIdLow (167) | Invalid MIdLow parameter. |
invalid-MIdHigh (168 | Invalid MIdHigh parameter. |
invalid-InArp (169) | Invalid InArp parameter. |
subType-na-for-axis (200) | Specified subtype not supported on MGX 8220 cards. |
portSpeed-mismatch (201) | Port speed does not match for CE end points. |
lineType-mismatch (202) | Line type does not match for CE end points. |
portType-mismatch (203) | Port type does not match for CE end points. |
create-only (204) | Parameter can be set only during creation. |
na-cesm4 (205) | Not applicable for CESM-4 end points. |
na-cesm-unstruct (206 | Not applicable for CESM-8 unstructured ports. |
db_access_error (207 | Database accessing error. |
internal_error (208 | ConnProxy Agent internal error. |
endpt_conn_mismatch (209) | End point does not match the local or remote end of the connection. |
endpt_not_found (210) | The specified end-point does not exist. |
logical_conn_not_found (211) | The logical connection does not exist. |
no-error-entry (500) | No entries available in the ErrorTable. |
not-applicable (501) | Error code not relevant, rely on error description. |
invalid-flushall (502) | Can not set to noOp for svCmpaErrorFlushAll. |
Community strings for accessing the objects in the CWM Service MIB are stored in the /usr/users/svplus/config/SNMPProxy.conf configuration file. The community strings are read during the CWM Service Agent start-up, and cannot be dynamically changed during run time. The default value for "SNMP Get" and "SNMP GetNext" queries is public. The default value for "SNMP Set" requests is private.
To access a single entry from the svCmpaErrorTable, you must know the SNMP PDU Request ID that was used in the failed "SNMP Set" request. The request ID must be used as an index for accessing this table's entries. When the error information you are interested in is the last error in the table, it is recommended you use the svCmpaErrorLastEcode and svCmpaErrorLastDesc scalar objects.
The Circuit Emulation End Point table (svCeEndPointTable) contains a list of the Circuit Emulation (CE) end points. Each connection end-point describes the particular characteristics of the end-point.
This table is indexed by svCeEndPointNodeName, svCeEndPointIfShelf, svCeEndPointSlot, svCeEndEndPointLine, and svCeEndPointPort.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Node name of this end point. Access: read-write. | String from 1-10 characters | |
MGX 8220 | Shelf name of this end point. As MGX 8220 is the only shelf that supports the CE Service, shelf should always be specified. Access: read-write. | String from 0-10 characters | |
MGX 8220 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64 Note, all slots may not be available for CESM service cards. | |
MGX 8220 | CE end point port index. For CESM-8 end points: port number is physical port number, and refers to the starting channel number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-32 For CESM-4 and CESM-T3/E3: 1 For CESM-8T1e: 1-24 For CESM-8E1: 1-32 | |
MGX 8220 | When the value of this object is greater than 0, it is the index identifying the associated svConnEntry. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-2147483647 | |
MGX 8220 | Operational status of the end point. "unknown" is returned in the case where the operational status cannot be determined. Access: read-only. | inactive (1) | |
MGX 8220 | Row status for CE end point entry. active (1): this value is returned for SNMP Gets. It is not applicable for SNMP Sets. createAndGo(4): the Manager must set row status to createAndGo (4) when creating a new entry. Other required elements can also be set in the same SNMP Set request. destroy(6):- this value is obsolete. Setting the value to destroy (6) results in an error. Access: read-write. | active (1) creatAndGo (4) destroy (6) | |
MGX 8220 | Identifies the type of this end point. Access: read-only. | cesm-4 (1) | |
MGX 8220 | Specifies the maximum size, in octets, of the Egress buffer. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-65535 Default values: Ranges for AXIS for CESM cards prior to 4.1.04 release: The default value is calculated from a formula which depends on CDVRxt, PortType, linetype and linesubtype, numoftimeslots for AXIS node with Release 4.1.04 and above for Popeye node. The maximum value allowed is also calculated from a formula which depends on PortType, linetype, linesubtype, numofslots for AXIS node with Release 4.1.04 and above and for Popeye node. The specific ranges for a particular card or interface can be found out by trying to modify this mib to 65535. The correct range will be given in the error message. | |
MGX 8220 | Specifies the maximum cell arrival jitter, in 10 microsecond increments, the reassembly process can tolerate. Access: read-write. | Value range: 125-65535 Default value: 10000 | |
MGX 8220 | Specifies the cell loss integration period, in milliseconds. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1000-65535 Default value: 2500 | |
MGX 8220 | CE end point line index. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-8 CESM-4: physical line number: 1-4 CESM-8: physical line number: 1-8 CESM-T3/E3: physical line number: 1 | |
MGX 8220 | Specifies the clocking mode of the CBR service. CESM-4 to CESM-4 connection end points, CESM-4 to CESM-8 unstructured connection end points, and CESM-T3/E3 to CESM-T3/E3 connection end points: only SNMP Get is supported. Default value is used during end point creation. CESM-8 to CESM-8 unstructured connection end points: all three values are applicable. CESM-8 structured connection end points: only synchronous mode is supported. This parameter can only be specified during connection creation. This parameter must have same value at both the local and remote ends of a connection. Access: read-write. | synchronous (1) srts (2) adaptive (3) Default value: synchronous (1) | |
MGX 8220 | Specifies whether CAS bits are carried by the service. Applicable only to CESM-8T1 structured end points with single DS0. For other end points, only SNMP Get is supported and the default value is used during connection creation. This parameter can only be specified during connection creation. This parameter must have same value at both the local and remote ends of a connection. Access: read-write. | no (1) yes (2) Default value: no (1) | |
MGX 8220 | Specifies the number of user octets per cell, when partial cell fill is used. Applicable only to CESM-8 to CESM-8 connection end points. For other end points, only SNMP Get is supported and the default value is used during connection creation. This parameter can only be specified during end point creation. This parameter must have same value at both the local and remote ends of a connection. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-47 Value 0: partial fill disabled. CESM-8T1: 25-47 CESM-8E1: 17-47 Default value: 0 | |
MGX 8220 | Indicates the type of Idle detection enabled. Applicable only to CESM-8 structured end points with single DS0. For other end points, only SNMP Get is supported and the default value is used during connection creation. disable (1) - indicates Idle code detection is disabled. When CPE does not support Idle detection, this parameter must be set to disable (1). enableOnhook (2) - indicates Idle detection is enabled whenever Onhook code is detected in T1/E1 signalling bits ABCD. In order to make use of this Idle detection feature, CPE must also support this feature. When this parameter is enabled, the parameter svCeEndPointOnhookCode must be set to the appropriate Onhook code supported by CPE. Access: read-write. | disable (1) enableOnhook (2) Default value: disable (1) | |
MGX 8220 | Specifies the Onhook code to be expected from CPE in signalling bits ABCD of T1/E1. This parameter is applicable only for CESM-8. For other end points, only SNMP Get is supported and the default value is used during connection creation. This parameter is applicable when svCeEndPointIdleDet = enableOnhook (2). When CPE supports the Idle detection feature, and svCeEndPointIdleDet is enabled, this parameter must be set to the Onhook code of the CPE. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-15 SF lines: 0-3 ESF lines: 0-15 Default value: 0 | |
MGX 8220 | Specifies whether Idle suppression is to be enabled or disabled. This parameter is applicable only for CESM-8. For other end points, only SNMP Get is supported and the default value is used during connection creation. Access: read-write. | disable (1) enable (2) Default value: disable (1) |
To create a CE end point, perform an "SNMP Set" on the following Variable:
(Note, the following variable should be a part of the Connection Create request. See section "Connection Table" for a complete description of the Connection Creation process).
OID :1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.14.1.7.<INDEX>
Name: svCeEndPointRowStatus
Type : Integer
Value : 4 (createAndGo)
Community : private
where, <INDEX> is composed of:
<Encoded form of Nodename>.<Encoded form of Shelf Name>.<Slot>.<Line>.<Port>
Example Query:
The following example creates the end point:
Node Name : nmsbpx09
Shelf Name: axis165
Slot : 13 (Card Type in Slot 13 is CESM/4T1)
Port : 2
>snmpset -p 8161 -c private nm20fst7 svCeEndPointRowStatus.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.13.2 integer 4
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.svCeEndPointTable.svCeEndPointEntry.svCeEndPointRowStatus.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.13.2 : INTEGER: createAndGo
To delete a CE end point, perform SNMP Set on the following variable:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.14.1.7.<INDEX>
Name: svCeEndPointRowStatus
Type : Integer
Value : 6 (destroy)
Community : private
where, <INDEX> is composed of:
<Encoded form of Nodename>.<Encoded form of Shelf Name>.<Slot>.<Line>.<Port>
Note, the end point can only be deleted when it is not a part of a complete connection.
To modify or delete connections in the svConnTable it is necessary to obtain the connection index from one of the protocol specific end point tables. When one of the end points (either local or remote) is a CE end point, perform an "SNMP Get" on the following variable to obtain the connection index:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.14.1.5.<INDEX>
Name : svCeEndPointConnIndex
Community : public
Type : Integer
where <INDEX> is composed of:
<Encoded Nodename>.<Encoded Shelfname>.<Slot>.<Line>.<Port>
The ATM End Point table (atmEndPointTable) contains a list of the ATM end points.
This table is indexed by atmEndPointNodeName, atmEndPointIfShelf, atmEndPointSlot, atmEndPointPort, atmEndPointVpi, and atmEndPointVci.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | Node name of this end point. Access: read-write. | String from 1-10 characters | |
MGX 8220 IGX 8400 | Shelf name of this end point. When no shelf name exists, this value is a NULL string. Access: read-write. | String from 0-10 characters | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | Logical port number. See Table 3-44 for card specific port notations. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64 IGX 8400 UXM (T3/E3): 1-6 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 | Virtual path index. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-1000 For BME cards: 1-1000 For all other cards: 0-255 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | Virtual channel index. For VP connections, the VCI value should be 65537 for all cards. The database will be updated with the value -2 for MGX 8220 and MGX 8850 cards and 65537 for cards on BPX and IGX feeder. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-65535 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | When the value of this object is greater than 0, it is the index identifying the associated svConnEntry. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-2147483647 | |
MGX 8220 BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | Operational status of the end point. Access: read-only. | inactive (1) | |
MGX 8220 BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | The Manager must set this to createAndGo when creating a new entry. Other required elements can also be set in the same SNMP Set request. The Manager may delete dangling end points by setting this variable to destroy. Access: read-write. | active (1) | |
MGX 8220 BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | Identifies a type of ATM end point. Access: read-only. | asi-Atm (1), | |
MGX 8220 BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | PCR(0+1), Peak Cell Rate, specifies an upper bound on rate at which traffic can be submitted on an ATM connection. This object applies to the First Leaky Bucket for leaving cells with Cell Loss Priority of 0 or 1. For AUSM, value range is 10 cells per second - port rate, and maximum does not exceed the port rate. For PXM cards, value range is 50 cells per second - port rate, and maximum does not exceed the port rate. Applicable connection types: UBR, CBR, VBR, ABR.FS, ABR.1. Access: read-write. | Ranges: Unit is cells per second. Default value: 50 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 | Compliant Cell Delay Variation. Also known as CDVT(0+1), Cell Delay Variation Tolerance, which specifies the maximum time period for accumulated violations of cell-arrival time parameters. This object applies to the First Leaky bucket for cells with Cell Loss Priority of 0 or 1. Applicable connection types: UBR, CBR, VBR, ABR.FS, ABR.1, ATFST, ATFXTST, and ATFTFST. Dependency: this object is not allowed for Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-5000000 Units: microseconds Defaults: CBR: 10000 | |
MGX 8220 BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | MCR (Minimum Cell Rate), specifies the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. Maximum cannot exceed the port rate. Applicable connection types: ABR.1 and ABR.FS. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-1412832 BXM/BME/UXM: AUSM: 0-8000 PXM: Units: cells per second. Default value: 50 | |
MGX 8220 BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | The value of this object is equal to the channel percentage utilization setting for this end-point. This is the expected long-term utilization of the channel by this end-point. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-100. Default value: Others: 100 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | SCR (Sustainable Cell Rate), is an upper bound on the conforming average rate of an ATM connection, over time scales which are long, relative to those for which the PCR is defined. Enforcement of this bound by the UPC could allow the network to allocate sufficient resources, but less than those based on the PCR, and still ensure that the performance objectives (for example, Cell Loss Ratio) can be achieved. Applicable connection types: VBR, ABR.1, ABR.FS: VSVD = enable (1). For ASI-T3 and E3 interfaces, only multiples of 10 are used internally. For ASI-OC3 interfaces, only values in the following set are used internally: 11, 17, 23, 34, 45, 68, 90, 136, 181, 271, 362, 543, 723, 1085, 1447, 2170, 2894, 4340, 5787, 8681, 11574, 17361, 23148, 34722, 46296, 69444, 92593, 138889, 185185, 277778. Values between 277778 and 353208 are all valid for ASI-OC3 interfaces. All values in the valid range for a given interface are accepted, however, they are internally rounded up to the closest higher valid value for that interface. For Monarch OC3 and OC12, no rounding is applied. Access: read-write. | Value range: 7-1412832 ASI/BNI: BXM/BME/UXM/PXM: AUSM: 10 - port speed Units: cells per second. Default: AUSM and PXM: port speed | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | The object corresponds to CBS (Committed Burst Size). Applicable connection types: VBR ABR.1, ABR.FS: VSVD = enable (1). atmEndPointMBS must be equal to or greater than atmEndPointIBS. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-5000000 BXM/BME/UXM/PXM: 1-5000000 ASI: 1-24000 AUSM: 1-5000 Units: cells. Default: 1000 ABR.1: PXM, ASI, BXM, BME, UXM; ABR.FS: AUSM, ASI, BXM, BME, UXM;. | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | FGCRA (Frame-based Generic Rate Control Algorithm), applicable with AAL-5 traffic only, so it is also known as AAL5 Frame-based Traffic Control (FBTC). Note, this option is not for an end point terminating on a PXM card. Applicable connection types: UBR, VBR, ABR.1, ABR.FS. Access: read-write. | enable (1) disable (2) | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | This object is used to enable or disable BCM cells when congestion is detected in the connection (Flow Control External Segment). The default is BCM disabled. Note, this option is not for an end point terminating on an AUSM/PXM card. Applicable connection types: ABR.1, ABR.FS Access: read-write. | enable (1) disable (2) | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | The Initial Cell Rate, the rate at which a source should send initially, and after an idle period. Applicable connection types: ABR.1, ABR.FS. The value range is 0 - port speed per second. Maximum can not exceed the port rate. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-1412832 Units: cells per second. | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | ABR rate adjustment up. Also known as RIF, Rate Increase Factor, which controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM-cell. Applicable to ABR-FS (ABR with ForeSight service) or ABR-1 (standard ABR connections). On BPX 8600, when the service type is ABR-FS, this object should be in absolute values of cells per second up to the PCR. On BPX 8600, when the service type is ABR-1 (standard ABR connections), the value range of this object should be (1 to 32768) and the value should be in "2 to the power n", where n = 0 - 15. Dependency: VSVD = enable (1). Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-1412832 The default is 1. The unit is just a factor, which is used to compute the cells per second. | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | ABR rate adjustment down. Also known as RDF, Rate Decrease Factor, which controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may decrease upon receipt of an RM-cell. Applicable to abr-fs (ABR with foresight service) or abr-1 (standard ABR connections). On BPX 8600, when the service type is ABR-FS, the unit is in percentage (0%-100%). On BPX 8600, when the service type is ABR-1 (standard ABR connections), the value range of this object should be (1 to 32768) and in "2 to the power n", where n = 0 - 15. Dependency: VSVD = enable (1). Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-32768 The default is 1. The unit is just a factor which is used to compute the cells per second. | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | QIR timeout value. Also known as ACR Decrease Time Factor (ADTF), which is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR. Applicable connection types: standard ABR.1, ABR.FS: VSVD = enable (1). Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | Value range: 62-255000 ASI: 1000-255000 BXM/BME/UXM: 62-8000 Units: milliseconds. | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | ForeSight minimum adjustment period. Also known as TRM, which provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM-cells for an active source. Applicable connection types: ABR.1, ABR.FS: VSVD = enable (1) Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-100 Default value: 100 Units: milliseconds. | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | NRM is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM-cell. Applicable connection types: standard ABR only. Dependency: VSVD = enable (1). This object applies only to ABR (abr-1) without ForeSight. Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | Value range: 2-256 Default value: 32 Units: cells | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | Transient Buffer Exposure (TBE) is the negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during start-up periods, before the first RM-cell returns. Applicable connection types: standard ABR only. Dependency: VSVD = enable (1). This object applies only to ABR (abr-1) without ForeSight. Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-1048320 Default value: 1048320 Units: cells. | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | The Fixed Round-Trip Time (FRTT) is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to a destination and back. Dependency: VSVD = enable (1). This object applies only to ABR (abr-1) without ForeSight. Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-16700 Default value: 0 Units: milliseconds. | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | Virtual Source/Virtual Destination (VS/VD) is used to divide an ABR connection into two or more separately controlled ABR segments. This flag indicates whether the ATM end points (both ends) serve as VS/VD or not. This object applies only to ABR (abr-1) without ForeSight. This object can be set only at the time of Creating the Connection and cannot be modified. Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | enable (1) Default value: disable (2) | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | Specifies the traffic policing for this end point. This object applies only to ABR (abr-1) and ABR-FS (abr-fs) without ForeSight. ----------- --------- --------- Policing Type 1st Bucket 2nd Bucket ----------- --------- --------- none none none policingVbr1 CLP(0+1) CLP(0+1) policingVbr2 CLP(0+1) CLP(0) policingVbr3 CLP(0+1) CLP(0) with CLP Tagging policingPcrplc CLP(0+1) none Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | policingVbr1 (1) policingVbr2 (2) policingVbr3 (3) policingPcplc (4) none (5) Default value (for BXM and UXM): policingPcplc (4) For other cards, GET on this object returns the value -2. | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | CLP (Cell Loss Priority) tagging activation threshold. Applicable connections: ATFST. Dependency: VSVD = enable (1). Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-100 Default: 80% Units: percentage of VCQ size. | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | CLP (Cell Loss Priority) tagging deactivation threshold. Applicable connections: ATFST. Dependency: VSVD = enable (1). Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-100 Default: 35% Units: percentage of VCQ size. | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | Maximum VC queue depth. Applicable connection types: ATFR and ATFST Dependency: VSVD = enable (1). Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-64000 Applicable cards: BXM, UXM: 1-61440 cells. Default: 1366 Units: cells. | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | The threshold setting used by the explicit congestion notification feature for this end-point's transmit queue. Applicable connection types: ATFR, ATFST. Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-100 Default: 100% Units: percentage. | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | Initial Burst Size (IBS). Units: cells. Applicable connection types: ATFR and ATFST. For AUSM cards, applicable for connection subtype abr-fs, vbr1, vbr2, vbr3, cbr1, ubr1, and ubr2. atmEndPointIBS must be less than or equal to atmEndPointMBS. Not supported for MGX 8220 or MGX 8800. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-24000 Applicable cards: Default: 1 | |
atmEndPointScrPolicing | BPX 8600 IGX 8400
| Selects Sustainable Cell Rate (SCR) policing for CLP = 0 on all cells. This object has a default value of clp0. For this object to be set to clp0and1, the atmEndPointClpTagging object must be to be set to disable. Supported for AUSM cards for ABR_FS and ABR1 connections only. | clp0 (1), clp0and1 (2), off (3)
|
atmEndPointClpTagging | BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | Enables or disables CLP tagging for Ingress cells. This object has a default value of enable. Supported for AUSM cards for ABR_FS and ABR1 connections only. | disable (1) enable (2) |
| Multicast type of the end point. Access: read-only. | normal (1) | |
atmEndPointForesightPCR | BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | Specifies the Peak Information Rate. This object is supported for abr.fs atm-atm or atm-fr connections with ausm-4 or ausm-8 endpoints. This value has a logical dependency to the port speed, so this value of the AtmForeSightPCR parameter must be set equal to portspeed for adding or modifying the connection. By default, if this object is not set, the value of the object atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1 is used. Access: read-write. | An integer between 10 and 1412832 |
atmEndPointUpcEnable | BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | Enables/disables UPC for Ingress cells. Supported for cbr.1, abr.1, and abr-fs atm-atm connections with ausm-4, ausm-8, pxm-1, pxm-2, or pxm-4 endpoints. Access: read-write. | disable (1) enable (2) |
For CBR service type, the traffic parameters used are:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1
atmEndPointPercUtil
For UBR service type, the traffic parameters used are:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1
atmEndPointFGCRA
atmEndPointPercUtil
For VBR service type, the traffic parameters used are:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1
atmEndPointPercUtil
atmEndPointSCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointMBS
atmEndPointFGCRA
For ABR (ABR-FS) with ForeSight service type, the traffic parameters used are:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1
atmEndPointMCR
atmEndPointPercUtil
atmEndPointSCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointMBS
atmEndPointFGCRA
atmEndPointBCM
atmEndPointICR
atmEndPointRateUp
atmEndPointRateDown
atmEndPointICRTO
atmEndPointMinAdjustPeriod
For ABR (ABR-1) without ForeSight service type, the traffic parameters used are:
atmEndPointPCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointCDVTZeroPlus1
atmEndPointSCRZeroPlus1
atmEndPointMBS
atmEndPointFGCRA
atmEndPointBCM
atmEndPointPercUtil
atmEndPointICR
atmEndPointMinAdjustPeriod
atmEndPointRateUp
atmEndPointRateDown
atmEndPointNRM
atmEndPointTBE
atmEndPointFRTT
atmEndPointVSVD
atmEndPointPolicing
To create an ATM end point, perform an "SNMP Set" on the following variable:
Note, the following variable should be part of the Connection Create request. See section "Connection Table" for a complete description of the Connection Creation process.
OID :1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.15.1.9.<INDEX>
Name : atmEndPointRowStatus
Type : Integer
Value : 4 (createAndGo)
Community : private
where, <INDEX> is composed of:
<Encoded form of Nodename>.<Encoded form of Shelf Name>.<Slot>.<Port>.<VPI>.<VCI>
The following example creates the ATM end point:
Node Name : nmsbpx09
Shelf Name: axis165
Slot : 8 (Card Type in Slot 8 is AUSM/4T1)
Port : 2
VPI : 100
VCI : 200
>snmpset -p 8161 -c private nm20fst7 atmEndPointRowStatus.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.8.2.100.200 integer 4
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.atmEndPointTable.atmEndPointEntry.atmEndPointRowStatus.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.8.2.100.200 : INTEGER: createAndGo
Note, other applicable parameters can also be set along with atmEndPointRowStatus.
To delete an ATM end point, perform an "SNMP Set" on the following variable:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.15.1.9.<INDEX>
Name : atmEndPointRowStatus
Type : Integer
Value : 6 (destroy)
Community : private
where, <INDEX> is composed of:
<Encoded form of Nodename>.<Encoded form of Shelf Name>.<Slot>.<Port>.<VPI>.<VCI>
Note, an end point can only be deleted when it's not part of a complete connection.
To modify or delete connections in the svConnTable, it is necessary to obtain the connection index from one of the protocol specific end point tables. When one of the end points (either local or remote) is an ATM end point, perform an "SNMP Get" on the following variable to obtain the connection index.
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.15.1.7.<INDEX>
Name : atmEndPointConnIndex
Community : public
Type : Integer
where, <INDEX> is composed of:
<Encoded form of Nodename>.<Encoded form of Shelf Name>.<Slot>.<Port>.<VPI>.<VCI>
The Multicast Connection View table (svConnMCViewTable) contains root or leaf connections in a multicast group.
This table is indexed by svConnMCViewMCType, svConnMCViewNode, svConnMCViewShelf, svConnMCViewSlot, svConnMCViewVpi, and svConnMCViewVci.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
| Multicast type of the multicast end point. Access: read-only. | root (2) | |
| Node name of the multicast end point. Access: read-only. | String from 1-10 characters | |
| Shelf name of the multicast end point. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters | |
| Slot number of the multicast end point. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64 | |
| VPI of the multicast end point. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-1000 | |
| VCI of the multicast end point. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-65535 | |
| Index identifying the svConnEntry associated with the multicast end point. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-2147483647 | |
| OID of the first attribute in the protocol specific end point table for the local end point of the multicast connection. Access: read-only. |
| |
| OID of the first attribute in the protocol specific end point table for the remote end point of the multicast connection. Access: read-only. |
| |
| The local end point information of the multicast connection in text format. Access: read-only. |
| |
| The remote end point information of the multicast connection in text format. Access: read-only. |
|
The Frame Relay End Point table (frEndPointTable) contains a list of the Frame Relay end points.
This table is indexed by frEndPointNodeName, frEndPointIfShelf, frEndPointSlot, frEndPointLine, frEndPointPort, and frEndPointDlci.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
BPX 8600 IGX 8400(R) IPX(R) MGX 8800 | The node name. Access: read-write. | String from 1-10 characters | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | String identifying the shelf. This is a null string for end points having no shelf name. Access: read-write. | String from 0-10 characters | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64 | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | Logical port number. One exception, physical port for MGX 8220 FRSM. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64 See Table 3-44 for card specific port notations. | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | DLCI. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-1023, and a special value 16383. When the port type is FRP frame forwarding, only one DLCI is specified and its value is 16383 (0x3fff). When the port type is FRSM frame forwarding, only one DLCI is specified and its value is 1000. | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | When the value of this object is greater than 0, it is the index identifying the associated entry in the svConnTable. Value 0 indicates a dangling end point. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0 - 2147483647 | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | Operational status of the end point. The value alarm (16) is applicable only for the MGX 8220 FRSM card. When frEndPointOpStatus has the value alarm, either the slot, the line, or the port containing this end point has an alarm. Access: read-only. | inactive (1) - this value is obsolete. clear (2) fail (3) down (4) alarm (16) | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | The Manager must set this to createAndGo when creating a new entry. Other end point parameters also can be set in the same request. Setting the value to active results in a bad value. The enumeration destroy (6) is obsolete. Setting the value to destroy results in an error. Access: read-write. | active (1) createAndGo (4) destroy (6) | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | The minimum transmit bandwidth (MIR) parameter (in bits per second) for this end point. This object has the relationship: MIR <= QIR <=PIR This attribute can only be set to values evenly divisible by 100. For FRASM, only the following values are supported: Access: read-write. | Value range: 2400-53248000 Default value: when at least one of the end points is on FRASM: 4800. Others: 19200 | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | The value of this object is equal to the Committed Information Rate (CIR) parameter (in bits per second) for this end point. For frp, frm, ufm, and ufmU, the 0-CIR feature allows this object to be 0. This attribute can only be set to values evenly divisible by 100. For FRASM, only the following values are supported: Access: read-write. | Value range: 2400-53248000 Default value: when at least one of the end points is on FRASM: 4800. Others: 19200 | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | The value of this object is equal to the committed burst size (Bc) parameter (in bytes) for this end point. When frEndPointCardType is "fr", this attribute is calculated as follows and should not be set: When frEndPointCardType is "frsm" the value is not calculated and is assigned the default value, unless it is set. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-2097152 Default value: 5100 | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | The value of this object is equal to the excess burst size (Be) parameter (in bytes) for this end point. When frEndPointCardType is "fr", this attribute is calculated as follows and should not be set: When frEndPointCardType is "frsm" the value is not calculated and is assigned the default value, unless it is set. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-2097152 Default value: 5100 | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | The value of this object is the maximum queue depth (in bytes) for this end point. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-2097152 Default value: 65535 | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | The peak transmit bandwidth (PIR) parameter (in bits per second) for this end point. This attribute can only be set to values evenly divisible by 100. For FRASM, only the following values are supported: Access: read-write. | Value range: 2400-53248000 Default value: when at least one of the end points is on FRASM: 4800. Others: 19200 | |
IGX 8400 IPX | The maximum credits that can be accrued for this end point. This is not applicable for Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-255 Default value: 10 | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | The threshold setting used by the explicit congestion notification feature for this end point's transmit queue. This value is specified in bytes. When the frEndPointVcQSize value exceeds this value, the FECN bit is set in all frames transmitted to the remote end point. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-2097152 Default value: 65535 for FRP, FRM, UFM, and UFMU cards; 6553 for FRSM-2, FRSM-2c, FRSM-HS2, FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM-HS1, and FRASM-8 cards. | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | The transmit Quiescent Information Rate (QIR) parameter (in bits per second) for this end point. This value has the relationship: This attribute can only be set to values evenly divisible by 100. For FRASM, only the following values are supported: Access: read-write. | Value range: 2400-53248000 Default value: when at least one of the end points is on FRASM: 4800. Others: 19200 | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | The value of this object is equal to the channel percentage utilization setting for this end point. This is the expected long-term utilization of the channel by this end point. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-100 Default value: 100 | |
IGX 8400 IPX | Priority for the Egress End. The value of this object determines the priority that is given to the data carried by this connection. When set to low, the data is given the standard priority, and when set to high, the data is given a higher priority. Higher priority data is placed at the beginning of the port's queues. Note, for a single segment connection (IPX-Routing to IPX-Routing), Set on frEndPointPriority is allowed for the local end point only (that is, the Set on frEndPointPriority on the remote end point is ignored). frEndPointPriority for the remote end point gets the same value as that of the local end point. This is not applicable for Access: read-write. | low (1) Default value: low (1) | |
MGX 8220 | Initial burst size in bytes. Note, InitialBurstSize should be less than or equal to Bc. This is only valid for MGX 8220 FRSM end points. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-2097152 Default value: 100 | |
MGX 8220 | Enable/disable DE tagging in the ingress direction only. This is only valid for MGX 8220 FRSM end points. Access: read-write. | enable (1) Default value: disable (2) | |
MGX 8220 | Ingress threshold (in bytes) at which deletion occurs based on DE. This is only valid for MGX 8220 FRSM end points. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-2097152 Default value: 32767 | |
MGX 8220 | Egress Q Depth (in bytes). This is only valid for MGX 8220 FRSM end points. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-2097152 Default value: 65535 | |
MGX 8220 | Egress threshold (in bytes) at which deletion occurs based on DE. This is only valid for MGX 8220 FRSM end points. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-2097152 Default value: 32767 | |
MGX 8220 | ECN threshold (in bytes). This is only valid for MGX 8220 FRSM end points. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-2097152 Default value: 6553 | |
MGX 8220 | Selects one out of two possible port queues. The default port queue number is "2" which is the low priority queue. This is only valid for MGX 8220 FRSM end points. Access: read-write. | highPriority (1) Default value: high priority (1) | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | The state of loopback mode for the end point. This is a bit mapped integer with the values defined as follows: Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-65535 | |
IGX 8400 IPX MGX 8220 | Identifies the types of Frame Relay end points. frp-fr: FRP/FRM/UFM Frame Relay end points. frp-FF: FRP/FRM/UFM Frame Forwarding end points. frsm-fr: FRSM Frame Relay end points. frsm-FF: FRSM Frame Forwarding end points. frsm-FUNI: FRSM FUNI end points. frasm-stun: FRASM STUN end points. frasm-bstun: FRASM BSTUN end points. frasm-fras: FRASM FRAS end points. unknown is returned when the FR end point type cannot be found. Access: read-only. | frp-fr (1) | |
MGX 8220 IPX IGX 8400 | frNIW (1) is Frame Relay network interworking. frSIW-transparent (2) is service interworking without any SDU translation. frSIW-translate (3) is service interworking with SDU translation. frFUNI (4) is Frame Relay UN. frForward (5) is frame forwarding. For FrameForwarding ports, only frForward (5) is applicable. Access: read-write. | frNIW (1) Default values: FrameForwarding ports: frForward (5) FRP, FRM, UFM: frNIW Others: frSIW (1) | |
MGX 8220 | The FECN bits in Frame Relay are mapped to EFCI bits in the ATM cells. mapEFCI is valid only for SIW. This is only valid for MGX 8220 FRSM end points. Access: read-write. | mapEFCI (1) Default value: setEFCIzero (2) | |
MGX 8220 | For mapCLP (1), the DE bit is mapped to the CLP bit in the ATM cell. For setCLPzero (2) and This is only valid for MGX 8220 FRSM end points. Access: read-write. | mapCLP (1) Default value: mapCLP (1) | |
MGX 8220 | Values mapDE (1), setDEzero (2), and setDEone (3) are valid for SIW. Values mapDE (1) and For mapDE (1), the CLP bit is mapped to the DE bit in Frame Relay. For setDEzero (2) and ignoreCLP (4) ignores the CLP bit and the DE bit remains as received. This is only valid for MGX 8220 FRSM end points. Access: read-write. | mapDE (1) Default value: mapDE (1) | |
MGX 8220 | Physical line associated with this port. The value of this object is applicable to MGX 8220 FRSM/FRASM only and is used mainly for the MIB indexing purposes. SNMP Get: value 0 is returned for ports other than MGX 8220 FRSM/FRASM. SNMP Set: value 0 must be used for ports other than MGX 8220 FRSM/FRASM. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-8 | |
frEndPointChanServType | MGX 8220 | Selects one out of five possible channel service types. This is only valid for end points on FRSM-VHS cards. For FRSM-VHS to FRSM-VHS connections, the service type must be the same on both ends of the connection. For two segment FR-FR connections, the valid service types are: vbr-nrt (3), abr (4), and ubr (5). Access: read-write. | highPriority (1) Default: vbr-nrt (3) |
To create a Frame Relay end point, perform an "SNMP Set" on the following variable:
Note, the following variable should be a part of the Connection Create request. See section "Connection Table" for a complete description of the Connection Creation process.
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.16.1.8.<INDEX>
Name : frEndPointRowStatus
Type : Integer
Value : 4 (createAndGo)
Community : private
where, <INDEX> is composed of:
<Encoded form of Nodename>.<Encoded form of Shelf Name>.<Slot>.<Line>.<Port>.<DLCI>
The following example creates a Frame Relay end point:
Node Name: nmsbpx09
Shelf Name: axis165
Slot : 7 (Card Type in Slot 7 is FRSM/4T1)
Line : 3
Port : 10 (Port Type Frame Relay)
DLCI : 666
>snmpset -p 8161 -c private nm20fst7 frEndPointRowStatus.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.7.3.10.666 integer 4
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.frEndPointTable.frEndPointEntry.frEndPointRowStatus.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.7.3.10.666 : INTEGER: createAndGo
Note, other applicable parameters can also be set along with frEndPointRowStatus.
To delete a Frame Relay end point, perform an "SNMP Set" on the following variable:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.16.1.8.<INDEX>
Name : frEndPointRowStatus
Type : Integer
Value : 6 (destroy)
Community : private
where, <INDEX> is composed of:
<Encoded form of Nodename>.<Encoded form of Shelf Name>.<Slot>.<Line>.<Port>.<DLCI>
Note, an end point can only be deleted when it's not part of a complete connection.
To modify or delete connections in the svConnTable, it is necessary to obtain the connection index from one of the protocol specific end point tables. When one of the end points (either local or remote) is a Frame Relay end point, perform an "SNMP Get" on the following variable to obtain the connection index.
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.1.16.1.6.<INDEX>
Name : frEndPointConnIndex
Community : public
Type : Integer
where, <INDEX> is composed of:
<Encoded form of Nodename>.<Encoded form of Shelf Name>.<Slot>.<Line>.<Port>.<DLCI>
The following query obtains the connection index for the Frame Relay end point:
Node Name: nmsbpx09 (Encoded Value is: 8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57)
Shelf Name : axis165 (Encoded Value is: .7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53)
Slot : 7
Line : 3
Port : 10
DLCI : 545
>snmpget -p 8161 -c public nm20fst7 frEndPointConnIndex.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.7.3.10.545
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.connGroup.frEndPointTable.frEndPointEntry.frEndPointConnIndex.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.7.3.10.545 : INTEGER: 187
The value of the connection index, in this example, is 187. This connection index may be used to delete associated connections or modify connection parameters.
Note, deleting a connection automatically deletes associated end point entries.
The Connection Alarm table (svConnAlarmTable) contains a list of connections in an alarmed state. Note, incomplete connections do not fall in this category.
The svConnAlarmTable is indexed by svConnAlarmNode, svConnAlarmShelf, svConnAlarmSlot, svConnAlarmLine, svConnAlarmPort, svConnAlarmVpiOrDlci, and svConnAlarmVci.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Routing node name. Access: read-only. | String from 1-10 characters | |
IPX(F) IGX 8400(F) MGX 8220 | Shelf or feeder name. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64 | |
MGX 8220 | Line number. Applicable to MGX 8220-FRSM end points only. Value 0 is returned for other end point types. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-8 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Physical port number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | For Frame Relay end points, this is the DLCI and for ATM end points, this is the VPI. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-16383 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | VCI for ATM end points. Not applicable for Frame Relay end points, therefore, 0 is used. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-65535 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The Object IDentifier of the first attribute of the end point in the associated protocol specific end point table (frEndPointTable or atmEndPointTable). Access: read-only. |
| |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Connection type. fr (1) indicates a Frame Relay to Frame Relay connection. atm (2) indicates an ATM to ATM connection. atm-fr (3) indicates an ATM to Frame Relay connection. Access: read-only. | fr (1) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The valid values are: true (2): the local end point is an NNI port. unknown (3): unknown local end point port type. Access: read-only | false (1) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | The valid values are: true (2): the remote end point is an NNI port. unknown (3): unknown remote end point port type. Access: read-only | false (1) |
To obtain the list of connections in an alarmed state, perform an "SNMP Walk" on svConnAlarmTable.
The Voice End Point table (voiceEndPointTable) used to model a voice end point.
The voiceEndPointTable is indexed by voiceEndPointNodeName, voiceEndPointShelf, voiceEndPointSlot, voiceEndPointLine, and voiceEndPointPort.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
| Node name. Access: read-only. | String from 1-10 characters | |
| String identifying the shelf. This is a null string for end points having no shelf name. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters | |
| Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 3-32 | |
| Physical line associated with this port. It is used mainly for MIB indexing purposes. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-2 | |
| Physical port number. This corresponds to the individual DS0. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-31 For T1: 1-24 | |
| When the value of this object is greater than 0, it is the index identifying the associated entry in the svConnEntry. Value 0 indicates a dangling end point which belongs to an incomplete connection. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-2147483647 | |
| Operational status of the end point. "unknown" is returned when the operational status cannot be found. Access: read-only. | clear (1) | |
| The Manager must set this to createAndGo when creating a new entry. Other end point parameters also can be set in the same request. Setting the value to active results in a bad value. Access: read-write. | active (1) | |
| This object is mandatory for creation and cannot be modified after end point creation. l16 and l16v are enabled for UVM cards only. The number in the rates indicates the data rate in kbps. For example, a32 carries a data rate of 32kbps. `p', `t' and `v' carry data rates of 64kbps. Access: read-write. | a32 (1) | |
| Represents the percentage of utilization of this channel. This object informs the system software of the expected utilization rate of connections. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-100 Default value: 100. |
The Data End Point table (dataEndPointTable) used to model a data end point.
The dataEndPointTable is indexed by dataEndPointNodeName, dataEndPointShelf, dataEndPointSlot, dataEndPointLine, and dataEndPointPort.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
| Node name. Access: read-only. | String from 1-10 characters | |
| String identifying the shelf. This is a null string for end points having no shelf name. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters | |
| Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 3-32 | |
| Physical line associated with this port. It is used mainly for MIB indexing purposes. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-2 | |
| Physical port number. This corresponds to the individual DS0. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-31 For T1: 1-24 | |
| When the value of this object is greater than 0, it is the index identifying the associated entry in the svConnEntry. Value 0 indicates a dangling end point which belongs to an incomplete connection. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-2147483647 | |
| Operational status of the end point. "unknown" is returned when the operational status cannot be found. Access: read-only. | clear (1) | |
| The Manager must set this to createAndGo when creating a new entry. Other end point parameters also can be set in the same request. Setting the value to active results in a bad value. Access: read-write. | active (1) | |
| Selects the rate type depending on which data rate is selected. super and transparent are applicable for channelized cards only. Not modifiable after create. Access: read-write. | standard (1) Default: standard (1). | |
| Indicates the data rate of the endpoint. The unit is 100 bps. Super-Rate data rates must be specified when adding a superrate connection to specify the number of time slots (DS0s). Transparent rates must be specified when adding a transparent connection. This object cannot be modified after end point creation. Units: Standard with fast EIA enabled: 100 bps (for example, a data rate of 12f is equivalent to 1200 bps. Super: 100 bps (for example, a data rate of 2x560 is equivalent to 112000 bps. Transparent: 1 bps (for example, a data rate of 48t is equivalent to 48 bps. Access: read-write. | Default is s12. Standard Rates: s12 (1), s18 (2), Standard Rates with fast EIA enabled: sf12 (101), sf18 (102), Super Rates: sp1x560 (201), sp2x560 (202), sp3x560 (203), sp4x560 (204), sp5x560 (205), sp6x560 (206), sp7x560 (207), sp8x560 (208), sp1x640 (209), sp2x640 (210), sp3x640 (211), Transparent Subrates: t24 (301), | |
| The data coding format for data transmissions. This object can be set during end point creation, however, it cannot be changed while a connection exists. dataCode88, dataCode88I, and dataCode78E not applicable for ZCS trunks. Access: read-write. | dataCode78 (1) Default: dataCode78 (1) | |
| Represents the percentage of utilization of this channel. This object informs the system software of the expected utilization rate of connections. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-100 Default: 100 | |
| Specifies interleaved (fast) EIA for the data connection. This object can only be set at the end point creation and only for data rate =< 5120 (100bps). It can be enabled for standard rate connections for SDP and HDM cards only. This object is not modifiable after create. Access: read-write. | enable (1) Default: disable (2) | |
| Specifies the number of samples per packet for connection types that support partially filled packets. When partially filled packets are not supported, a generalError is returned. The rates that support partially filled packets are defined by the following values of dataEndPointDataRate: four-bytes (4): 24, 32, 36, 48, 64, 72, 24t, 48t. five-bytes (5): 24, 32, 36, 48, 64, 72 (standard rate with fast EIA and some transparent rates). ten-bytes (10): 48, 64, 72, 80, 96, 120, 128, 144, 48t, 96t. Not modifiable after create. Access: read-write. | maximum (1) maximum (1) is supported for all of the data rates, and is the default. two-bytes (2) and five-bytes (5) are supported only when dataEndPointFastEIAEnable is enabled. four-bytes (4) and ten-bytes (10) are supported only when dataEndPointFastEIAEnable is disabled. | |
| Specifies whether Data Frame Multiplexing is enabled or disabled for this port. Only for standard data rate =< 1920 (100bps). It cannot be enabled when fast EIA is configured on the port. The value of this object for ports that do not support DFM is always disabled (2). Only applicable on SDP, LDP, LDM, and HDM. Note, the DFM feature must be installed and enabled on the node. When not installed and not enabled, setting this parameter results in an error. Access: read-write. | enable (1) Default: disable (2) | |
| Specifies the pattern length, in bits, for the DFM. Valid pattern lengths are 7, 8, and 16. Valid only when DFM is enabled. Cannot be configured when fast EIA is configured on the port. Only applicable on SDP, LDP, LDM, and HDM cards. The value dataEndptDfmOther (1) is not settable even though it is the default. It is set when a length is not specified. Access: read-write. | dataEndptDfmOther (1) Default: dataEndptDfmOther (1) | |
| Sampling rate for updating EIA control leads in number of samples per second. Only for standard data rate and non channelized cards. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-20 Default: 2 | |
| Represents whether Idle Code Suppression is enabled. ICS channel configuration is applicable only on Nx64k Super rate data connections terminated on IGX 8400 CVM/UVM cards and IPX CDP cards, where N = 1-8 channels. The ICS state, enabled or disabled, once configured on the channel remains the same until configured otherwise or the channel becomes a voice channel and is irrespective of a data connection existence. The ICS enabled on the first channel of a Nx64k connection has ICS in effect on the connection. Enabling ICS on one side of a data connection with both end points terminated on CVM/UVM/CDP cards receives half the benefit of the feature; that is, idle code fast packet suppression is only on the ICS enabled side. Enabling ICS on one side of the data connection with the other end point terminated on an HDM/LDM/SDP/LDP card results in no ICS effect at all on both end points. The ConnProxy blocks such an operation and returns an error condition. SWSW release 9.2 on IGX 8400 and IPX supports this feature. The ICS feature is supported by the ConnProxy subsystem in the CWM 9.2 release. Users are not allowed to set ICS on cards prior to SWSW release 9.2. When a user does an SNMP Get on ICS, -2 is returned, indicating the feature is not supported. Access: read-write. | enabled (1) Default: disabled (2) |
The RPM End Point table (rpmEndPointTable) is used to model an RPM end point.
The rpmEndPointTable is indexed by rpmEndPointNodeName, rpmEndPointIfShelf, rpmEndPointSlot, rpmEndPointPort, rpmEndPointVpi, and rpmEndPointVci.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
| Node name. Access: read-only. | String from 1-10 characters | |
| String identifying the shelf. This is a null string for end points having no shelf name. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters | |
| Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-30 | |
| The RPM's backplane sub-interface number. Note, RPM is different from other switch modules in that its port index is 0-based. The CWM Service.mib, as a convention, makes all port indices 1-based. Therefore, for RPM, port 1 is actually port 0 on the switch. The DB is 0-based (for RPM and other switch modules). Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-256 | |
| Virtual path index. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-255 For VPC, the VPI range is 1-255 and the LCN range is 3841-4095. For VCC, the VPI is 0. | |
| Virtual channel index. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-65535 For VCC, the VCI range is 1-3825 and the LCN range is 16-3840. For VPC, the VCI is 0. | |
| User login ID for the MGX 8800 node. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-15 | |
| Password for the MGX 8800 node. Access: write-only. | Value range: 1-15 | |
| Password for issuing an RPM enable command. Access: write-only. | Value range: 1-15 | |
| The Manager must set this to createAndGo when creating a new entry. For non-create set operations, this object should not be included. The value active(1) is always returned for an SNMP Get operation. It means this row is present. Access: read-write. | active (1) | |
| When the value of this object is greater than 0, it is the index identifying the associated svConnEntry. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-2147483647 | |
| Specifies the role of this end point in the connection. Access: read-only. | master (1) | |
| Operational status of the end point. "unknown" is returned when the operational status cannot be determined. The value 1 used to be assigned to inactive, however, it is obsolete. The value starts from 2 instead of 1, to be consistent with the Operational status in other end point tables. Access: read-only. | clear (2) | |
| Virtual Circuit Descriptor. A unique number which identifies a connection. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-4095 | |
| ATM adaptation layer (AAL) and encapsulation type. aal5snap: LLC/SNAP precedes the protocol datagram. aal34smds: encapsulation for SMDS network. aal5nlpid: encapsulation that allows ATM interfaces to interoperate with HSSI. qsaal: signaling type PVC used for setting up or tearing down SVCs. ilmi: used to set up communication with ILMI. aal5mux[protocol]: a MUX-type virtual circuit. Access: read-write. | aal5snap (1) Default: aal5snap (1) | |
| Peak cell rate. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-353208 Default: 149760 | |
| Average cell rate. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-353208 Default: 1 | |
| Maximum number of ATM cells the virtual circuit can transmit. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-65535 Default: 65535 | |
| Starting Message Identifier Number for this PVC. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-1023 Default: 0 | |
| Ending Message Identifier Number for this PVC. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-1023 Default: 0 | |
| Specifies how often inverse ARP datagrams will be sent on this virtual circuit. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-60 Default: 15 | |
| Specifies how often to generate an OAM F5 loopback cell from this virtual circuit. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-600 Default: 10 |
The Port State table (svPortTable) contains state information of all ports, irrespective of their port type. All objects in this table are read-only objects.
The svPortTable is indexed by svPortNode, svPortShelf, svPortSlot, svPortLineIndex, and svPortPort. ConnProxy supports "SNMP Get" and "Get Next" operations on this table.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | String from 1-10 characters | |
IPX(F) IGX 8400(F) MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Port number. A unique value greater than 0 within a card. See Table 3-44 for card specific port notations. Access: read-only. | Value range: | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Indicates the card type. bxm-nn is a monarch card, where nn is the max number of lines on that card. bxm (9) is for earlier version of switch software on bxm card, keep here for backward compatibility. bme-1 and bme-2 are similar to bxm-1 and bxm-2. Access: read-only. | unknown (1) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Indicates the interface type. For the IGX 8400-UXM card, the possible interface types are: oc3-2-smf, oc3-4-smf, oc3-4-mmf, t3-3, t3-6, e3-3, e3-6, t1, and e1. For CESM-4 and CESM-8 cards, the possible interface types are t1, and e1. For CESM-1 cards, the possible interface types are t3 and e3. For FRSM-VHS cards, the possible interfaces are t3, e3, and hssi. For MGX 8800 PXM cards, the possible interfaces are t3, e3, oc3-smfir, oc3-smflr, oc3-xlr, oc12-smfir, oc12-smflr, oc12-smfir15, oc12-smflr15 mmf-4-155, rj45-fe, mmf-fe, mmf-fddi, smf-fddi, rs232, rs449,and rj45-4e
Access: read-only. | unknown (1) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Indicates the port state. For IMA ports on AUSM-8 card valid states are: For ATM UNI ports on AUSM-4/8 cards and ports on PXM card, the valid states are: For FRSM and FRSM-VHS ports: For IPX-FRP, For CESM-4/8 and For FRASM-8 ports: Access: read-only. | inactive (1) clear (2) fail (3) down (4) remoteLooback (5) lineFailure (6) signallingFailure (7) outOfCellDelineation (8) bandwidthChanged (9) failedDueToAcpTimeout (10) failedDueToMajorAlmonAimGrp (11) failedDueToAimSigFailure (12) failedDueToBadDiffDelay (13) failedDueToArbConflict (14) inBert (15), farEndRemoteLoopback (16) notConfigured (17), up (18) | |
MGX 8220 IPX IGX 8400 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Configured speed of the port. Units: for Frame Relay in 100 bps. For ATM and CE in cps. For FRSM-2 CT3, port speed runs from one DS0 channel speed up to the full T1 line speed, in multiples of DS0 channel speed. For FRSM-2 HS2 and FRSM-2 T3/E3, port speed is always the configured line speed. Access: read-only | Value range: 560-1412830 For FRSM-4/8, IPX FRP, and IGX 8400 FRM/UFM-T1 cards, the port speed range is: 56-1536 kbps. Actual port speed depends on the number of aggregate channels assigned to the port. For FRSM-4/8, IPX FRP, and IGX 8400 FRM/UFM-E1 cards, the port speed range is: 56-2048 kbps. Actual port speed depends on the number of aggregate channels assigned to the port. For IPX FRP and IGX 8400 FRM/UFMU- V.35 cards, the port speed range is: 56-256 kbps. For FRASM-8 cards, the possible port speed is either 56k or 64k. For AUSM-4 cards and ATM ports on AUSM-8 T1 cards, the valid port speed is: 3622 cps. For AUSM-4 cards and ATM ports on AUSM-8 E1 cards, the valid port speed is: 4528 cps. For IMA ports on AUSM-8 cards, it depends on the number of lines associated with the port. For BPX 8600 ASI/BXM/BME and IGX 8400 UXM cards, the valid port speeds are: UXM/T1: 3622 cps For CESM cards, valid port speeds are: For CESM-8E1 structured ports: 64-1984 kbps for E1 structured ports on dsx1E1CCS and dsx1E1CCSCRC line types, in increments of DS0 timeslot speed (which is 64k). | |
MGX 8220 | Configured speed of the port. Units: for Frame Relay and CESM: 100bps. For ATM: cps (characters per second) | Port speed range is 64-960 kbps for E1 structured ports on dsx1E1CAS and dsx1E1CASCRC line types, in increment of DS0 timeslot speed (which is 64k). For CESM-1E3: 343680bps. For CESM-1T3: 447360bps. For FRSM-VHS - 2T3/2E3/2Hs2: port speed is the configured line speed. For FRSM-VHS - 2CT3: 56-1536) kbps. Actual port speed depends on the number of aggregate channels assigned to the port. | |
MGX 8220 | For AUSM-4, AUSM-8 (ATM port), FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRSM-HS1, FRASM-8, CESM-4, CESM-8, BPX 8600 ASI and BXM/BME, IGX 8400 UXM, UFM, and UFM/U: the physical line associated with this port. For AUSM-8 (IMA port): the starting line associated with the port. For IPX FRP and IGX FRM: this value is always 1. For PXM ports: the physical line associated with the logical port.
For Voice Data cards: this is the same as the physical line number on the channelized cards and port number on the serial port cards.
Access: read-only. | Value range: For IGX 8400 UXM cards: 1-8. For FRSM-4, FRSM-HS1, AUSM-4, CESM-4, and IGX 8400 UFM-U cards: 1-4. For FRSM-8, FRASM-8, AUSM-8, and CESM-8, and IGX 8400 UFM cards: 1-8. For FRSM-2 T3/E3, FRSM-2 HS2, and FRSM-2 CT3 cards: 1-2. For BPX 8600 ASI and BME cards: 1-2. For BPX 8600 BXM cards: 1-12. For CESM-1 T3/E3: full T3/E3 line speed. | |
MGX 8220 | Physical line associated with this port for FRSM ports. The value of this object is applicable to FRSM-2/4/8, FRASM-8, and CESM-4/8/1 only and is used mainly for MIB indexing purposes. For all other ports, value 0 is returned. svPortLine provides the physical line for other ports. Access: read-only. | For CESM-1 cards, the value is always 1. For FRSM-2 T3/E3, FRSM-2 HS2 cards, the range is 1-2. For FRSM-2 CT3: represents the logical line number. Lines 1-28 map to T1 lines 1-28 on T3 line 1. Lines 29-56 map to T1 lines 1-28 on T3 line 2. Therefore, range is 1-56. For CDP and CVM: the value is always 1. Fpr UVM: the range is 1-2. For LDP, SDP, HDM, LDM: the range is 1-8. For all other ports, the value 0 is returned. svPortLine provides the physical line for other ports. | |
MGX 8220 | Physical port number applicable to UFM cards only. For UXM cards, svPortPort refers to logical port where svPortPhysicalPort refers to the frist DS0 used in the Port TimeSlot bitmap. For example, a UFM port on slot 8, line 1 is configured with 128 kbps port speed and the two DSOs used are conrresponding to TimeSlot 3 and 4, the svPortPhysicalPort is 3 (lowest available timeslot). Access: read-only. | Value range: -1 - 32 | |
MGX 8220 | Physical line associated with this port for FRSM ports. The value of this object is applicable to FRSM-2/4/8, FRASM-8, and CESM-4/8/1 only and is used mainly for MIB indexing purposes. For all other ports, value 0 is returned. svPortLine provides the physical line for other ports. Access: read-only. | For CESM-1 cards, the value is always 1. For FRSM-2 T3/E3, FRSM-2 HS2 cards, the range is 1-2. For FRSM-2 CT3: represents the logical line number. Lines 1-28 map to T1 lines 1-28 on T3 line 1. Lines 29-56 map to T1 lines 1-28 on T3 line 2. Therefore, range is 1-56. For CDP and CVM: the value is always 1. Fpr UVM: the range is 1-2. For LDP, SDP, HDM, LDM: the range is 1-8. For all other ports, the value 0 is returned. svPortLine provides the physical line for other ports. |
|
Note All cards that are applicable to MGX 8220 are also applicable to MGX 8800 except FRASM which is applicabble to MGX 8220 only. PXM is applicable to MGX 8800 only. |
To obtain the list of all ports, perform an "SNMP Walk" on svPortTable.
The Next Available Logical Port table (svNextLogicalPortTable) allows you to obtain the next available logical port on a card supporting logical ports. When you try to create ports on cards that have logical port numbers, you can obtain the next available port number by performing an "SNMP Get" on this table. This table only supports "SNMP Get" commands.
This table is supported for the following cards: IGX 8400 UFM, MGX 8220 AUSM-8 and is indexed by svNode, svShelf, svSlot.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | String from 1-10 characters | |
IGX 8400(F) MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters | |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64 | |
IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | Next available logical port number; a unique value greater than 0. This table is supported for the following ports: IGX 8400 UFM, MGX 8220 and MGX 8800 AUSM-8, FRASM-4/8, and FRASM-8, and MGX 8800 PXM. To create ports on these cards, you can obtain the card's next available logical port by performing an SNMP Get on this variable, and then use that number as the "port index" into the respective port configuration tables. For other cards where logical ports are not supported, an SNMP Get results in a "No such name" error. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-256 For PXM: 1-32 |
To obtain the next logical port for a given slot (with an AUSM-8 or UFM card) perform an "SNMP Get" on the following variable:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.2.1.4.<INDEX>
Name : svPort
Type : Integer
Community : public
where, <INDEX> is composed of:
<Encoded value of Nodename>.<Encoded value of shelf name>.<Slot>
Example Query:
The following example uses Node: "nmsbpx09", Shelf: "axis158" and Slot: 13
> snmpget -p 8161 -c public nm20fst7 svPort.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.53.56.13
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.portGroup.svNextLogicalPortTable.svNextLogicalPortEntry.svPort.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.53.56.13: INTEGER: 6
The Physical To Logical Map table (svPhysicalToLogicalMapTable) is useful to obtain the logical port given the physical port specifics. FRSM-4, FRSM-8, AUSM-8, and UFM cards use logical ports. Once obtained, the logical port can be used to operate on the svPortTable, svFrPortTable, and svAtmPortTable tables, as well as for creating connections.
The svPhysicalToLogicalMapTable is indexed by svMapNode, svMapShelf, svMapSlot, and svMapPhysicalInfo.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
IGX 8400 (R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | String from 1-10 characters | |
IGX 8400 (F) MGX 8220 | String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters | |
IGX 8400 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64 | |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 | String identifying the physical port attributes. For FRSM-4, FRSM-8, FRASM-8, and UFM this must be in the following format: For FRSM-2CT3, this must follow the following format: For FRSM-2T3/2E3/2HS2, this must follow the following format: For ATM ports on AUSM-8, this must have the following format: <line number>. For IMA ports on AUSM-8, this must have the following format: where <line1 number>, <line2 number>, and <.line n number> are the "n" lines associated with the IMA port. Note, all of the line numbers must be specified, otherwise, "No such name" is returned. All other formats result in a "No such name" error. Access: read-only. | String from 1-32 characters | |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 | Logical port number - a unique value greater than 0 on a card supporting logical ports. MGX 8220 FRSM-4/8 and FRASM-8, IGX 8400 UFM, MGX 8220 AUSM-8, MGX 8220 FRASM-8, and FRSM-VHS-2CT3 are cards that support logical ports. On all other cards, an SNMP Get results in "No such name". When no port exists, as described by all the above indices, "No such name" is returned. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-256 |
To obtain the list of logical port-to-physical port mappings, perform an "SNMP Walk" on the svPhysicalToLogicalMapTable. To obtain the logical-to-physical mapping for a particular port, perform an "SNMP Get" on the following variable:
OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.3.1.5.<INDEX>
Name : svMapLogicalPort
Type : Integer
Community : public
where, <INDEX> is composed of:
<Encoded Nodename>.<Encoded Shelfname>.<Slot>.<Encoded value of Physical Info String>.
Example Query:
The following example uses Node: "nmsbpx02", Shelf: "axis164", Slot 11 and Physical Info string "03.01".
>snmpget -p 8161 nm20fst7 svMapLogicalPort.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.50.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.52.11.5.48.51.46.48.49
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.portGroup.svPhysicalToLogicalMapTable.svPhysicalToLogicalMapEntry.svMapLogicalPort.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.50.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.52.11.5.48.51.46.48.49 : INTEGER: 6
The ATM Port table (svAtmPortTable) allows you to configure ATM, IMA, and CE ports on a node.
Objects with an svAtmIma prefix are applicable to IMA ports only. Objects with an svAtmBx prefix are applicable to ports on BPX 8600 nodes only.
This table is indexed by svAtmPortNode, svAtmPortShelf, svAtmPortSlot, and svAtmPortPort.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | String from 1-10 characters | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-64 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | Port number - a unique value greater than 0 within a card. On MGX 8220 AUSM-4, BPX 8600 ASI, BXM, and IGX 8400-UXM, this is the physical line number. On MGX 8220 AUSM-8, this is a logical port number. When creating ports on cards with logical port indexing, you can obtain the next available logical port at the card by using the svNextAvailableLogicalPortTable object. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-255 BPX 8600 ASI (1-2) BPX 8600 BME (1-2) BPX 8600 BXM (Monarch) (1-12) MGX 8220 AUSM-4 (1-4) MGX 8220 AUSM-8 (1-8) MGX 8220 CESM-4 (1-4) IGX 8400 UXM (1-6) for T3 and E3, (1-4) for OC3, and (1-8) for T1 and E1 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | User requested operation for this port table row. You may add a new port or delete/modify an existing port. This is a mandatory parameter that must be specified for all configuration requests (involving an "SNMP Set" on any of the read-write attributes in this table). For ports on AUSM-4, this can only be modify. Values addlines and dellines are specific to IMA ports on MGX 8220 AUSM-8 cards. You can add or delete lines from an existing IMA port. You can add, modify, or delete a logical port on a PXM-UNI card. This is a write only parameter, and an "SNMP Get" on this variable returns any one of the enumerations. An error is reported when nonapplicable values are set. Access: read-write. | add (2) delete (3) modify (4) addlines (7) - applicable only to IMA ports on MGX 8220 AUSM-8 dellines (8) - applicable only to IMA ports on MGX 8220 AUSM-8 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | The operating status of the port. For IMA ports on an MGX 8220 AUSM-8 card, valid states are: For ATM UNI ports on an For ATM ports on a BPX 8600 ASI/BXM/UXM cards or IGX UXM, valid states are: active, inActive, remoteLoopback, failed. Access: read-only. | inactive (1) | |
MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | User requested state for port table row. You may enable or disable an existing port. Applicable only for ports on an AUSM and PXM. This is a mandatory parameter. Access: read-write. | enable (1) | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | Indicates the card type. bxm-nn is a monarch card, where nn is the max number of lines on that card. bxm(9) is for an earlier version of switch software on a BXM card, keep here for backward compatibility. bme-1 and bme-2 are similar to bxm-1 and bxm-2. Access: read-only. | unknown (1) | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | Type of physical interface with which the port is associated. For MGX 8220: t1 and e1 are valid. For BPX 8600-ASI: t3, e3, oc3-smf, and oc3-mmf are valid. For BPX 8600-BXM/BME: lm-bxm, t3-smf/mmf/smflr/snm, e3-smf/mmf/smflr/snm, oc3-smf/mmf/smflr/snm, and oc12-smf/mmf/smflr/snm are valid. For IGX-UXM: oc3-2-smf, oc3-4-smf, oc3-4-mmf, t3-3, t3-6, e3-3, e3-6, t1, and e1 are valid. For PXM: t3, e3, oc3-smfir, oc3-smflr, oc12-smflr, oc12-smfir, oc12-smfir15, and oc12-smflr15 are valid. Access: read-only. | unknown (1) | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | The speed of the port in cells per second. Access: read-only. | For MGX 8220 AUSM-4 cards and ATM ports on AUSM-8 cards, the valid port speeds are: For IMA ports on MGX 8220 AUSM-8 cards, this depends on the number of lines associated with the port. For PXM UNI ports, the port speed is a read-only object and its value depends on the svAtmbbIfPctBW assigned to the port. If the svAtmbbIfPctBW assigned is 10% on a T3 PXM card, the port speed is .10 x 44736 = 4473.6 kbps. For BPX 8600-ASI and BXM/BME cards, and IGX 8400-UXM cards, the valid port speeds are: | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | The number of virtual connections that terminate on this port. Access: read-only. | Value Range: 0-1024 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | The Object ID denoting the first end point associated with this port. For the current implementation, this OID points to the first ATM connection on the port. It has a NULL OID value ({0 0}) when no ATM connection exists on this port. The management station can retrieve all the information about the first connection by reading from the row pointed to by this OID. Specifically, For ATM and IMA, this OID specifies the first column of the appropriate row in the atmEndPointTable of the connection service MIB. For CESM ports, this specifies the first column of the appropriate row in the svCeEndPointTable of the Connection Service MIB. Access: read-only. |
| |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 IGX 8400 MGX 8800 | Indicates the port's configuration type. MGX 8220 AUSM-4: the value could be either atm-uni or atm-nni. This is an optional create time parameter with atm-uni as the default. MGX 8220 AUSM-8: the value could be one of: atm-uni or atm-nni. This is a mandatory create time parameter. Not modifiable after port creation. BPX 8600 ASI/BXM/BME and IGX 8400 UXM: it could be either atm-uni or atm-nni. The switch supports this operation only on a per-card level, therefore, changing one port also changes the others. The value of this object cannot be changed when active connections exist on the card. This is a mandatory create time parameter. Access: read-write. | atm-uni (4) - ATM UNI interface atm-nni (5) - ATM NNI interface | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | The port management protocol in use. For BPX 8600 ASI/BXM/BME and IGX 8400 UXM cards, this could be one of: none, lmi, or ilmi. For an MGX 8220 AUSM 4/8, this could be either none or ilmi. Access: read-write. | none (1) lmi (2) ilmi (3) Default value: none | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | The Virtual Path Identifier for the ILMI protocol. Access read-write. | Value range:0-4095 For NNI ports: 0-4095 Default value: 0 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | The Virtual Channel Identifier for the ILMI protocol. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-65535 Default value: 16 | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | Enable/disable ILMI trap sending. When enabled, the ILMI agent sends unsolicited Trap PDUs. The variable is applicable only when the signalling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols, the value "-2" is returned for SNMP Get and an error is returned for SNMP Set. Not applicable to CESM ports. Access: read-write. | enable (1) disable (2) | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The minimum amount of time, in seconds, between two consecutive traps. It is supported only on Not applicable to CESM ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-10 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | Enable/disable Keep Alive Polling. This variable is applicable only when the signalling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols, the value "-2" is returned for SNMP Get and an error is returned for SNMP Set. Not applicable to CESM ports. Access: read-write. | enable (1) disable (2) | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | The number of seconds between each keep alive poll transmitted by the port (T491). The interval must be an integral multiple of 5, ranging between 5 and 60. This variable is applicable only when the signalling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols, the value "-2" is returned for SNMP Get and an error is returned for SNMP Set. Access: read-write. | v1 (5) | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | Specifies the number of keep alive polls within which an N491 poll fails, the port is placed in the failed state (N492). The variable is applicable only when the signalling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols, the value "-2" is returned for SNMP Get and an error is returned for SNMP Set. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-10 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 IGX 8400 | The number of keep alive polls that must fail within a window of N492 polls, before the port is placed in the failed state (N491). The variable is applicable only when the signalling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols, the value "-2" is returned for SNMP Get and an error is returned for SNMP Set. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-10 | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Minimum Enquiry Interval (T493). This is supported only on MGX 8220 cards. The variable is applicable only when the signalling protocol is ILMI. For other protocols, the value "-2" is returned for SNMP Get and an error is returned for SNMP Set. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-20 | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | The Virtual Path Identifier for the LMI protocol. Not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-4095 For NNI ports: 0-4095 Default value: 0 | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | The Virtual Channel Identifier for the LMI protocol. Not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-65535 Default value: 31 | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | When enabled, a `Status Enquiry' message is sent when the polling timer expires. The parameter is valid only when the signalling protocol is LMI. For other protocols, the value "-2" is returned for SNMP Get and an error is returned for SNMP Set. Not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. | enable (1) disable (2) | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | Link integrity timer for the port(T393) indicating the interval at which a status enquiry message is sent. The parameter is valid only when the signalling protocol is LMI. For other protocols, the value "-2" is returned for SNMP Get and an error is returned for SNMP Set. Not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 5-30 | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | Update status timer for the port (T394). The parameter is valid only when the signalling protocol is LMI. For other protocols, the value "-2" is returned for SNMP Get and an error is returned for SNMP Set. Not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 5-30 | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | The maximum number of times a Status Enquiry message is retransmitted. A Status Enquiry message is retransmitted when timer T393 expires (N394). The parameter is valid only when the signalling protocol is LMI. For other protocols, the value "-2" is returned for SNMP Get and an error is returned for SNMP Set. Not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-10 | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | The maximum number of times an Update Status message is retransmitted. An Update Status message is retransmitted when timer T394 expires (N395). The parameter is valid only when the signalling protocol is LMI. For other protocols, the value "-2" is returned for SNMP Get and an error is returned for SNMP Set. Not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-10 | |
BPX 8600 IGX 8400 | Polling timer (T396). When polling is enabled, a Status Enquiry message is sent when this timer expires. The parameter is valid only when the signalling protocol is LMI. For other protocols, the value "-2" is returned for SNMP Get and an error is returned for SNMP Set. Not applicable to AUSM ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 5-30 | |
BPX 8600 | Metro Data Cell Header Format. This object applies to T3 ports only. Only applicable to BPX 8600. The value "-2" is returned for all other cases. Access: read-write. | enable (1) disable (2) Default value: disable | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | IMA ports can span across multiple lines. This variable indicates the number of lines configured for the port. In all other cases, its value is 1. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-8 | |
BPX 8600 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The list of lines in an IMA port delimited by dots (for example, 2.3.7). This is a mandatory variable to create ports (ATM and IMA) on an AUSM-8 card. SNMP Set - Used in four ways, and is mandatory in all cases. To create an ATM port, use this variable to specify the line (single) the port is associated with. To create an IMA port, use this variable to specify the lines the port should consist of. To add lines to an existing IMA port, use this variable to specify the lines to be added. To delete lines from an existing IMA port, use this variable to specify the lines to be deleted. SNMP Set is applicable to ports on an AUSM-8 only. For other types of ports, an "SNMP BAD VALUE" error is returned. SNMP Get - get a display string showing the lines the port contains. Access: read-write. | String from 1-15 characters | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Indicates the configuration mode of ports on an AUSM-8 card. For other cards, "SNMP Get" returns atm and "SNMP Set" results in an "SNMP BAD VALUE" error. To create a IMA port, this is a mandatory parameter and must be set to ima. Access: read-write. | atm (1) ima (2) | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The number of redundant (spare) lines in the IMA port. This indicates the number of lines the system can lose from this IMA group without bringing it down. By default, the system can tolerate all line(s) going down. Applicable to IMA ports only. For other types of ports, the value "-2" is returned. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-8 | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | This indicates the maximum tolerable differential delay, in milliseconds, between the various lines in the IMA port. Applicable to IMA ports only. For other types of ports, the value "-2" is returned. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-28 Default value: 28 milliseconds | |
BPX 8600 | CAC (Connection Admission Control), regulates the connection bandwidth allocation on atm ports. This object provides an option to add or modify a connection on this port, even when it is oversubscribed. Applicable for BXM/BME and ASI cards. Access: read-write. | enabled (1), The default value is enabled (1), that is, users can add a new connection or modify an existing connection such that the total data rate becomes higher than the port speed. | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Period at which LCP cells of the IMA protocol can be transmitted. A value of 32 indicates that after 32 cells, one LCP cell is transmitted on that link of the IMA group. Currently, the only value supported is 128. This has the same meaning as axisImaGroupTxFrameLength in Forum Compliant Ima. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-write. | Value range: 32-128 | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The current cell rate (truncated value in cells per second) provided by the IMA group in the transmit direction, considering all of the transmit links are in the Active state. It is a direct indication of how many links are active on the transmit side. Applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. In the case of T1 for 8 lines, it is computed as: (8 * (1.536 Mbps) * (127/128)) / (53 * 8) = 28755 cells/second. In the case of normal E1 for 8 lines, it is computed as: (8 * (1.984 Mbps) * (127/128)) / (53 * 8) = 37141 cells/second. In the case of Clear E1 for 8 lines, it is computed as: (8 * (2.048 Mbps) * (127/128)) / (53 * 8) = 38339 cells/second. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-38330 | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Symmetry of the IMA group. AsymmetricOperation and AsymmetricConfiguration are not supported. Not modifiable after create. Applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. Access: read-write. | symmetricOperation (1), | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Minimum number of receive links required to be active for the IMA group to be in the Up state.At present, as only symmetric configuration is supported, this should be equal to axisImaGroupMinNumTxLinks. Applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. At the time of add and modify, when you want to set/modify svAtmPortMinNumRxLinks, you must also specify axisImaGroupMinNumTxLinks and both must be same. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-8 | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Transmit clocking mode used by the near-end IMA group. Not modifiable after create. Applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. Access: read-write. | ctc (1), | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The number of links configured to receive in this IMA Group. Applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. Access: read-only. |
| |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Used to designate an interface as the test link. Applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. Access: read-write. | A value of -1 specifies that the implementation may choose the test link. In this case, the implementation may also choose the value of axisImaGroupTestPattern. Default value is -1. | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Used to specify the test pattern in an IMA group loopback operation. Applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. Access: read-write. | A value in the range 0 to 255 designates a specific pattern. A value of -1 specifies that the implementation may choose the value. In this case, the implementation may also choose the value of axisImaGroupTestLinkIfIndex. Default value is -1. | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Used to enable or disable the Test Pattern Procedure and to note whether at least one link failed the test. The test is started by setting operating (2) status. If any link should fail the test, the IMA sets the status to linkfail (3).The linkfail (3) state persists until either the Only the values disabled (1) and operating (2) may be written. Writing the operating (2) value does not cause clearing of the linkfail (3) state. Applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. Access: read-write. | disabled (1), | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Integration up time for alarm integration. Consists of checking time to enter a failure alarm condition in the case of LIF, LODS, and RFI-IMA fault failure alarms. Time in milliseconds. Must be specified in multiples of 100 msec. Applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. Access: read-write. | Value range: 100-100000 | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Integration down time for alarm integration. Consists of clearing time to exit the LIF, LODS, and RFI-IMA failure alarm conditions. Time in milliseconds. Must be specified in multiples of 100 msec. Applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. Access: read-write. | Value range: 100-400000 | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Minimum number of transmit links required to be active for the IMA group to be in the Up state. Even though the range is 1-8, this value should be <= the maximum number of configured links in IMA group. At the time of add and modify, when you want to set/modify svAtmPortMinNumTxLinks, you must also specify axisImaGroupMinNumRxLinks and both must be same. Applicable to ATM Forum compliant IMA ports only. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-8 | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Indicates the number of links currently present in the IMA group. This object is the same as axisImaGroupNumTxActLnks in the Forum Compliant Ima. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-8 There is no default value. | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Indicates the list of links currently present in the IMA group. Different links in the IMA group are delimited by dots. The position of each link in the displayed string indicates the relative order of the links in the round-robin (multiplexing order). Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-write. | isUnknown (1), There is no default value. | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Indicates the IMA-ID in use at the remote end when sending LCP/ACP cells. Same as axisImaGroupRxImaId in Forum Compliant Ima. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-255 There is no default value. | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Indicates the IMA-ID in use at the local end when sending LCP/ACP cells. Same as axisImaGroupTxImaId in Forum Compliant Ima. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-255 There is no default value. | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The observed differential delay in milliseconds between the different physical links in the IMA group. Same as axisImaGroupDiffDelayMaxObs in Forum Compliant Ima. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. | There is no default value. | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Indicates whether the port is over-subscribed or not. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. | false (1), There is no default value. | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The current cell-rate (truncated value in cells per second) provided by this IMA group in the receive direction, considering all of the receive links in the active state. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
| |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The current operational state of the far-end IMA group state machine: 1) notConfigured: the Group doesn't exist.This is the GSM initial state. 2) startUp: on UM configuring the IMA group, GSM comes to this state. 3) startUpAck: on getting the Start-up-ack from FE (this info is from the received ICP cell (that is, the FE accepting the proposed group parameters on this end), GSM goes to this state. 4) configAbortUnsupportedM: this state is entered when FE is not accepting the parameter M. 5) configAbortIncompatibleSymmetry: when Group symmetry is not supported by the FE, this group is entered. 6) configAbortOther: if any of the other group parameters are not supported by the FE, this state is entered. 7) insufficientLinks: upon receiving one of the following events (startUpAck, insufficientLinks, blocked, or operational) from the FE, when GSM is in startUpAck state, GSM moves to the insufficientLinks state. 8) blocked: for maintenance purpose, if the group is blocked (inhibited by UM), GSM goes to this state. 9) operational: when the group has sufficient links in both the transmit and receive directions, GSM goes to this state. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. | notConfigured (1), | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The current failure status of the IMA group (the reason why the GTSM is in the down state: 2) startUpNe: when the NE GSM is in startUp state. 3) startUpFe: When the FE GSM is in startUp state. 4) invalidMValueNe: when the FE doesn't support the M value on this end. 5) invalidMValueFe: when the FE M value is not supported by the NE. 6) failedAssymetricNe: when the FE doesn't support the asymmetric operation of the NE. 7) failedAssymetricFe: when the FE asymmetry is not supported by the NE. 8) insufficientLinksNe: when the NE is in an insufficient links state. 9) insufficientLinksFe: when the FE is in an insufficient links state and when that message is conveyed to this end by the ICP cell. 10) blockedNe: when the GSM is in the blocked state. 11) blockedFe: when the FE is in the blocked state. 12) otherFailure: Start-up-ack and others. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. | noFailure (1), | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Transmit clocking mode used by the far-end IMA group. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. | ctc (1), | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The IfIndex of the transmit timing reference link to be used by the near-end for IMA data cell clock recovery from the ATM layer. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
| |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The IfIndex of the receive timing reference link to be used by the near-end for IMA data cell clock recovery toward the ATM layer. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
| |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Value of IMA frame length as received from remote IMA function. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. | m32 (32), | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The IfIndex of the link configured in the IMA group which has the smallest link propagation delay. This value has meaning only if at least 1 link has been configured in IMA group. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
| |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The number of links configured to receive and that are currently Active in this IMA group. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. |
| |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The current operational state of the near-end IMA group state machine: 2) startUp: on UM, configuring the IMA group, GSM comes to this state. 3) startUpAck: upon receiving the startUpAck from the FE (this info is from the received ICP cell (that is, the FE accepting the proposed group parameters by this end.), GSM goes to this state. 4) configAbortUnsupportedM: this state is entered when the FE is not accepting the parameter M. 5) configAbortIncompatibleSymmetry: when group symmetry is not supported by the FE, this group is entered. ) configAbortOther: when any of the other group parameters are not supported by the FE, this state is entered. 7) insufficientLinks: upon receiving one of the following events (startUpAck, insufficientLinks, blocked, or operational) from the FE, when GSM is in startUpAck state, GSM moves to the insufficientLinks state. 8) blocked: for maintenance purposes, when group is blocked (inhibited by UM), GSM enters this state. 9) operational: when the group has sufficient links in both the transmit and receive directions, GSM enters this state. Applicable to IMA ports only (both ATM Forum compliant and non ATM Forum compliant). Access: read-only. | notConfigured(1), | |
MGX 8800 | The percentage of aggregate physical line bandwidth, available for this broadband logical port. Sets both the Ingress and Egress percent bandwidth. This is a mandatory parameter and is modifiable after create. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-100 | |
MGX 8800 | The lower limit of VPI range to be reserved for this logical interface. This is a mandatory parameter and is modifiable after create. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-4095 | |
MGX 8800 | The lower limit of VPI range to be reserved for this logical interface. This is a mandatory parameter and is modifiable after create. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-4095 | |
MGX 8800 | The percentage utilization can be disabled or enabled. If disabled, the bandwidth for the connections terminating on the port are used to determine the port load. If enabled, the bandwidth for the connection is multiplied by the percent utilization for the connection to determine the port load. Applicable to BXM ports only. A SET on this object is not allowed if the port has any connections on it. For non-BXM ports, a GET on this object returns a -2 and a SET returns an error. Access: read-write. | enable (1) disable (2) |
Following are the card specific requirements for configuring ports in the ATM Port table.
Use index svAtmPortPort = Physical Line number.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory)
svAtmPortAdminState = enable (Mandatory)
svAtmPortType = atm-uni or atm-nni only (optional: Default = atm-uni)
Use index svAtmPortPort = Physical Line number.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory)
Other attributes:
(Cannot change svAtmPortType)
Use index svAtmPortPort = Physical Line number.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory)
svAtmPortAdminState = disable (Mandatory)
Use index svAtmPortPort = number gotten from the svNextLogicalPort table.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = add (Mandatory)
svAtmPortAssociatedLines = "<Line Number>" (Mandatory)
svAtmPortType = atm-uni or atm-nni only (Mandatory)
Use index svAtmPortPort = number used during Create.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory)
Other attributes:
(Cannot change svAtmPortAssociatedLines, svAtmPortType)
Use index svAtmPortPort = number used during Create.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = delete (Mandatory)
Use index svAtmPortPort = number gotten from the svNextLogicalPort table.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = add (Mandatory)
svAtmPortAssociatedLines = "<Line Number>" (Mandatory)
svAtmPortType must not be set
Use index svAtmPortPort = number used during Create.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory)
Other attributes:
(Cannot change svAtmPortAssociatedLines, svAtmPortType)
Use index svAtmPortPort = number used during Create.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = delete (Mandatory)
Use index svAtmPortPort = number gotten from the svNextLogicalPort table.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = add (Mandatory)
svAtmPortAssociatedLines = "<Line1>.<Line2> ....." (Mandatory)
svAtmPortMode = ima (Mandatory)
svAtmPortType = atm-uni or atm-nni or atm-sti (Mandatory)
Use index svAtmPortPort = number used during Create.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory)
Other attributes:
(Cannot change svAtmPortAssociatedLines, svAtmPortType, svAtmPortMode)
Use index svAtmPortPort = number used during Create.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = delete (Mandatory)
Use index svAtmPortPort = number used during Create.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = add-lines (Mandatory)
svAtmPortAssociatedLines = string of lines to be added (Mandatory)
Use index svAtmPortPort = number used during Create.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = del-lines (Mandatory)
svAtmPortAssociatedLines = string of lines to be deleted (Mandatory)
Use index svAtmPortPort = Physical Line number.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = add (Mandatory)
svAtmPortType = atm-uni or atm-nni only (Mandatory)
Use index svAtmPortPort = Physical Line number.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory)
Other attributes.
Use index svAtmPortPort = Physical Line number.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = delete (Mandatory)
Use index svAtmPortPort = Physical Line number.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = add (Mandatory)
(No other parameters allowed)
Use index svAtmPortPort = Physical Line number.
Specify:
svAtmPortRowStatus = delete (Mandatory)
The PortProxy Error table (psaErrorTable) contains a list of recent errors reported by the PortProxy sub-agent. This table is indexed by psaErrorReqId.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
Not applicable. | This object contains the PDU request ID associated with the "SNMP Set" request. The Manager must use this information to find the error associated with a particular SNMP request. Note that an SNMP request ID may be reused by the same Manager. When this occurs, the older entry in the table is replaced with the new error status. Managers must be aware that error information may therefore be lost. Access: read-only. |
| |
Not applicable. | This object contains error status information for failed "SNMP Sets" to one or more objects in one or more of the following tables: svFrPortTable Rows in this table may be created as the result of a failed "SNMP Set" operation. As the SNMP standard allows only limited number of error result codes, the Managers can retrieve this variable to obtain additional information on a failed "SNMP Set" operation. Typically, this object contains a user friendly description of the cause of the error. Access: read-only. | String from 1-255 characters | |
Not applicable. | This object contains the error code of the "SNMP Set" operation. The error codes from 500 upwards are specific to the Error table operation itself. Note, "SNMP Get" errors are not updated in the error table. Access: read-only. | See Table 3-33 for descriptions of the enumerated values for this variable. |
Table 3-33 describes the enumerated values returned by the psaErrorEcode and psaErrorLastEcode objects.
| Error Code | Description |
|---|---|
invalid-network (1) | No such network (domain) in the database. |
invalid-node (2) | No such node in the database. |
invalid-shelf (3) | No such shelf for the given node. |
invalid-release (4) | Unsupported release for the given node/shelf. |
node-timeout (5) | Timeout from the given node/shelf. |
node-busy (6) | Node is busy processing other requests. |
no-snmpcomm (7) | The snmpcomm demon process is not running. |
snmpcomm-error (8) | Internal error at the snmpcomm demon process. |
node-error (9) | Error at the embedded agent. |
bad-value (10) | Bad value for the given object. |
port-not-found (11) | The specified port does not exist. |
slot-is-full (12) | AddPort error, no more ports on this slot. |
no-emd (13) | The emd demon process is not running. |
emd-error (14) | Internal error at the emd daemon process. |
rowstatus-missing (100) | RowStatus object is missing from the SNMP Set request. |
port-exists (101) | AddPort error, port already exists. |
invalid-slot (102) | No such slot. |
invalid-line (103) | No such line. |
line-is-full (104) | AddPort error, no more ports on this line. |
multiple-ports (105) | Multiple ports are specified in the request. |
port-reserved (106) | Port is reserved for internal use.(Signalling). |
na-frsm (107) | This object is not applicable for MGX 8220 FRSM ports. |
na-frp (108) | This object is not applicable for IPX-FRP ports. |
no-up-down-frsm (109) | RowStatus can not be up-frp and down-frp FRSM ports. |
invalid-set (110) | SNMP Set is allowed for addport only. |
illegal-set (111) | Dependency on other parameter values. |
partial-add (112) | Added the port, but unable to modify parameters. |
na-ausm (113) | This object is not applicable for MGX 8220 AUSM ports. |
na-iam (114) | This object is not applicable for IMA ports. |
na-atm (115) | This object is not applicable for ATM ports. |
na-bxm (116) | This object is not applicable for BXM (Monarch) ATM ports. |
na-hs1 (117) | This object is not applicable for FRSM hs1 ports. |
na-cesm (118) | This object is not applicable for CESM ports. |
invalid-port-index (119) | Port index used is out of the specified range. |
unsupported-card (120) | The specified slot has a card that is not supported. |
lmi-var (121) | An LMI variable is specified for a card that doesn't support LMI. |
na-ufm (122) | This object is not applicable for IGX 8400-UFM ports. |
na-frm (123) | This object is not applicable for IGX 8400-FRM ports. |
na-asi (124) | This object is not applicable for ASI ports. |
na-card (125) | This object is not applicable for the card. |
missing-mandatory (127) | A mandatory object is missing from the SNMP Set request. |
na-frsm-hs1 (128) | This object is not applicable for FRSM hs1 ports. |
invalid-line-number (129) | Invalid line number. |
na-ufmU (130) | This object is not applicable for IGX 8400-UFMU ports. |
protocol-group-not-found (131) | The specified protocol group does not exist. |
na-frasm(132) | This object is not applicable for AXIS FRASM ports. |
na-uxm(133) | This object is not applicable for IGX UXM ports. |
link-station-not-found(134) | The specified link station does not exist. |
channel-route-not-found(135) | The specified channel route does not exist. |
channel-not-found(136) | The specified channel does not exist. |
card-not-found(137) | The specified card does not exist. |
invalid-grp-type-index(138) | Invalid protocol group type index. |
invalid-grp-number-index(139) | Invalid protocol group number index. |
invalid-station-addr-index (140) | Link station address index used is out of the specified range. |
db-access-error(141) | Database accessing error. |
internal-error(142) | Port Proxy agent Internal error. |
link-station-exists(143) | The specified link station already exists. |
max-link-station-count-reached(144) | Max link station count reached. |
na-port-type(145) | Not applicable port type. |
invalid-channel-dlci-index(146) | Invalid channel DLCI index. |
channel-route-exists(147) | The specified channel route already exists. |
max-channel-route-count-reached(148) | Max channel route count reached. |
protocol-group-exists(149) | The specified protocol group already exists. |
max-protocol-group-count-reached(150) | Max protocol group count reached. |
invalid-config-type(151) | Invalid protocol group config type. |
invalid_card(152) | Invalid card for the node type. |
na-bme(153) | This object is not applicable for BME ATM ports. |
plcp-not-found(154) |
|
port-queue-not-found(155) |
|
na-vism(156) |
|
mgcrds-already-exists(157) |
|
mgcres-not-found(158) |
|
mgcres-bad-value (159) |
|
mgc-already-exists (160) |
|
mgc-not-found (161) |
|
mgc-not-exist (162) |
|
mg-cntlr-not-found(163) |
|
mgc-bad-value (164) |
|
xgcp-peer-not-found(165) |
|
srcp-peer-not-found (166) |
|
mgc-protocol-not-found (167) |
|
mgcp-not-exist (168) |
|
mgcp-already-exists (169) |
|
mg-sup-prtcl-not-found (170) |
|
mgc-endpt-exists (171) |
|
vism-endpt-exists (172) |
|
vism-endpt-not-found(173) |
|
vism-endpt-not-exist(174) |
|
vism-crossconnect-exists (175) |
|
no-error-entry (500) | No entries available in the Error table. |
not-applicable (501) | Error code not relevant, rely on error description. |
invalid-flushall (502) | Can not set to noOp for psaErrorFlushAll. |
Community strings for accessing the objects in the CWM Service MIB are stored in the /usr/users/svplus/config/SNMPProxy.conf configuration file. The community strings are read during the CWM Service Agent start-up, and cannot be dynamically changed during run time. The default value for "SNMP Get" and "SNMP GetNext" queries is public. The default value for "SNMP Set" requests is private.
To obtain an error code and description from the PortProxy Error table, you must know the SNMP PDU Request ID that was used in the failed "SNMP Set" request. The request ID must be used as an index for accessing this table's entries. When the error information you are interested in is the last error in the table, it is recommended you use the psaErrorLastEcode and psaErrorLastDesc scalar objects.
The Port Alarm table (svPortAlarmTable) contains a list of the Frame Relay, CESM, and ATM Ports in an alarmed state. This table is indexed by svPortAlarmNode, svPortAlarmShelf, svPortAlarmSlot, svPortAlarmLine, and svPortAlarmPort.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Routing node name. Access: read-only. | String from 1-10 characters | |
IPX(F) IGX 8400(F) MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MG 8800 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64
| |
MGX 8220 | Line number. Only applicable to MGX 8220-FRSM, FRSM-VHS, FRASM-8, CESM-4/8/1. Value 0 is returned for all other ports. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-56 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MG 8800 | Port number - a unique value greater than 0 within a card. This is the physical port number for an FRSM/FRP. It is a logical port number for others. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-250 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Port type. Can be Frame Relay, ATM, or CESM. | fr (1) atm (4) cesm (5) |
To obtain the list of ports in an alarmed state, perform an "SNMP Walk" on the svPortAlarmTable.
In addition to the tables described in previous sections, the portGroup also contains a set of scalar objects allowing you to obtain the PortProxy error code and description in a simplified manner.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
Not applicable. | When at least one entry exists in the psaErrorTable, the value of this object contains the index corresponding to the last entry inserted in the table. When no entries have been inserted in the psaErrorTable, the agent returns 0 for a query of this variable. Access: read-only. |
| |
Not applicable. | Setting this object to the value flush indicates to the agent that a Manager would like the psaErrorTable to be immediately flushed of all entries. A management retrieval of this object always returns the value noOp. Setting this object to the value noOp is invalid. Access: read-write. | noOp (1) - this value should not be used for SNMP Sets flush (2) | |
Not applicable. | Contains the error description of the last error generated in the psaErrorTable by the PortProxy. When the error table contains no errors, an SNMP Get on this returns a NULL string. Access: read-only. | String from 0-255 characters | |
Not applicable. | Contains the error code of the last error generated by the PortProxy in the psaErrorTable table. When the error table contains no errors, an SNMP Get on this object returns 500. Access read-only. | See Table 3-33 for descriptions of the enumerated values for this variable. |
To obtain the error description of the last "SNMP Set" failure on one of the PortProxy tables, perform an "SNMP Get" on the following variables:
1. OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.10.<0>
Name : psaErrorLastEcode
Type : Integer
Community : public
2. OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.351.1.101.2.9.<0>
Name : psaErrorLastDesc
Type : DisplayString
Community : public
The FRASM Protocol Group Configuration table (svFrasmProtocolGroupTable) allows configuration of STUN and BSTUN protocol groups. This table is indexed by svFrasmProtocolGroupNode, svFrasmProtocolGroupShelf, svFrasmProtocolGroupSlot, svFrasmProtocolGroupType, and svFrasmProtocolGroupNumber.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | String size is 1-10 characters | |
MGX 8220 | String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. | String size is 0-10 characters | |
MGX 8220 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-16 | |
MGX 8220 | The protocol group type. Access: read-only. | stun (1) bstun (2) | |
MGX 8220 | The protocol group number sent in the STUN headers. It is used to group together various different objects. The value of this variable is set only at creation time, and cannot be modified later. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-255 | |
MGX 8220 | User requested operation for this FRASM Protocol Group table row. Users can add, delete, or modify a STUN protocol group. This is a write only parameter. Access: read-write. | add (2) delete (3) modify (4) | |
MGX 8220 | Indicates the type of FRASM protocol group this number corresponds. sdlc and sdlctg are for STUN. bsc is for BSTUN. Not modifiable once created. Access: read-write. | sdlc (1) sdlctg (2) bsc (3) Default value: sdlc (1) | |
MGX 8220 | Indicates whether to use local ack on this serial tunnel. Access: read-write. | disabled (1) enabled (2) Default value: enabled (2) | |
MGX 8220 | Operational status of the object. Access: read-only. | inactive (1) active (2) |
The SDLC Link Station table (svSdlcLinkStationTable) maintains configuration information about all the SDLC link stations on the network.
This table is indexed by svSdlcLinkStationNode, svSdlcLinkStationShelf, svSdlcLinkStationSlot, svSdlcLinkStationLine, svSdlcLinkStationPort, and svSdlcLinkStationAddress.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | String size is 1-10 characters | |
MGX 8220 | String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. | String size is 0-10 characters | |
MGX 8220 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-16 | |
MGX 8220 | Physical Line associated with FRASM ports. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-8 | |
MGX 8220 | FRASM physical port number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-32 1-24 for T1 | |
MGX 8220 | The poll address of the secondary link station for this SDLC link. It uniquely identifies the SDLC link station within a single SDLC port. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-255 | |
MGX 8220 | User requested operation for this SDLC link station table row. You can add, delete, or modify an SDLC link station. This is a write only parameter. An SNMP GET on this variable returns "add". Access: read-write. | add (2) delete (3) modify (4) | |
MGX 8220 | Specifies the XID value that is to be exchanged for this station. Access: read-write | Default value: 0 | |
MGX 8220 | Controls the maximum size of a frame on this station. Any larger frames are fragmented. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-64000 Default value: 265 | |
MGX 8220 | Operational status of the object. Access: read-only. | disconnect (1) |
The Channel Route Table (svChannelRouteTable) contains mapping information which is used to route between an SDLC or BSC port/station pair, and an LCN/DLCI pair. This table is indexed by svChannelRouteNode, svChannelRouteShelf, svChannelRouteSlot, svChannelRouteLine, svChannelRoutePort, and svChannelRouteStationAddress.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
MGX 8220 | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | String size is 1-10 characters | |
MGX 8220 | String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. | String size is 0-10 characters | |
MGX 8220 | Slot number. Access: read-only | Value range 1-16 | |
MGX 8220 | Physical line associated with FRASM ports. Access: read-only. | Value range 1-8 | |
MGX 8220 | FRASM physical port number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-32 1-24 for T1 | |
MGX 8220 | Indicates the station address of the station being mapped. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-255 | |
MGX 8220 | User requested operation for this Channel Route table row. You can add, delete, or modify a channel route. This is a write only parameter, and an SNMP GET on this variable returns "add". This is a mandatory parameter that should be specified for all configuration requests (involving an SNMP SET on any of the read-write attributes in this table. Access: read-write. | add (2) delete (3) modify (4) | |
MGX 8220 | Channel DLCI. Mandatory during creation. Not modifiable once created. Access: read-write. | Value range 0-1023 | |
MGX 8220 | Operational status of the Object. Access: read-only. | inactive (1) active (2) | |
MGX 8220 | Indicates the LSAP used to differentiate between connections on this DLCI. Optional during creation. Not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-255 Default value: 4 | |
MGX 8220 | Indicates the RSAP used to differentiate between connections on this DLCI. Applicable only to FRAS BNN channel type. Optional during creation. Not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-255 Default value: 4 | |
MGX 8220 | Determines additional parameters, as in the FRAS map command. Applicable to FRAS BNN channel type only. Applicable only to FRAS BNN channel type. Optional during creation. Not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. | none (1) pfid (2) afid (10), fid4 (4) Default value: none | |
MGX 8220 | Channel type. Read-only for SDLC-STUN and BSC-BSTUN ports. Read-writable for SDLC-FRAS port only and is mandatory during creation. Only possible value to set is FRASBNN. Not modifiable once created. Access: read-write | stun(1) bstun(2) frasbnn(3 |
The LLC Channel Parameter Configuration Table (svLlcChannelParamTable) contains a FRASM channel with its LLC parameters; retry count and ACK wait time. This table is indexed by svLlcChannelParamNode, svLlcChannelParamShelf, svLlcChannelParamSlot, svLlcChannelParamLine, svLlcChannelParamPort, and svLlcChannelParamDlci.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
| Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | String size from 1-10 characters | |
| String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. | String size from 0-10 characters | |
| Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1 to 16 | |
| Physical line associated with FRASM ports. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1 to 8 | |
| FRASM physical port number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1 to 32: 1-24 for T1 | |
| Channel DLCI. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0 to 1023 | |
| User requested operation for this LLC Channel Parameter table row. You can only modify the LLC parameter on a FRASM channel. This is a write only parameter, and an SNMP GET on this variable returns modify. Access: read-write. | modify (4) | |
| The number of times the implementation retries various activities before declaring failure. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1 to 255 | |
| The number of millisecond intervals the implementation will wait before resending unacknowledged information frames. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1 to 60000 |
The CESM Port Configuration Table (svCesmPortTable) is used for CESM port configuration on MGX 8220. This table is indexed by svCesmPortLine and svCesmPortPort.
| MIB Object | Related Node Type | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
MGX 8220 | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | String of 1-10 characters | |
MGX 8220 | String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. | String of 0-10 characters | |
MGX 8220 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-16 | |
MGX 8220 | Physical line associated with CESM ports. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-8 For CESM-8 T1/E1 cards: 1-8 | |
MGX 8220 | CESM physical port number. For CESM-4T1/E1 and CESM-8T1 unstructured ports, port number is always 1, as there is only one port per line. For CESM-8 structured ports, the port number is the starting channel number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-32 (1-24) for a structured port on CESM-8T1. (2-32) for a structured port on CESM-8E1 with line types dsx1E1CCS and dsx1E1CCSCRC, as DS0 on time slot 1 is used for signalling. (2-16) and (18-32) for a structured port on CESM-8E1 with line types dsx1E1CAS and dsx1E1CASCRC, as DS0 on time slot 1 is used for signalling, and slot 17 for synchronization. For CESM-1 T3/E3 cards (1). | |
MGX 8220 | User requested operation for this CESM Port table row. For CESM-4 cards: For CESM-8 and CESM-1 T3/E3 cards: This is a mandatory parameter that should be specified for all SNMP Set operations. Access: read-write. | add (2) delete (3) modify (4) | |
MGX 8220 | Operation status of the CESM port. Access: read-only. | inactive (1) | |
MGX 8220 | User requested state for port table row. Read-only on CESM-8 ports. Settable on CESM-4 ports to enable or disable the port. Access: read-write. | enable (1) disable (2) | |
MGX 8220 | Indicates the card type. Access: read-only. | cesm-4 (4) | |
MGX 8220 | Type of the physical interface to which the port is associated. Access: read-only. | t1 (2) | |
MGX 8220 | Configured speed of the port. Unit: 100 bps. Access: read-write. | Value range: 640-447360 2048kbps for E1 unstructured port 64-1536kbps for T1 structured port, in increments of DS0 timeslot speed (64k) 64-1984kbps for E1 structured port on dsx1E1CCS and dsx1 E1CCSCRC line types, in increments of DS0 timeslot speed (64k) 64-960kbps for E1 structured port on dsx1E1CAS and dsx1E 1CASCRC line types, in increments of DS0 timeslot speed (64k) 44736kbps for T3 34368kbps for E3 Default values: | |
MGX 8220 | The number of virtual connections that terminate on this port. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-1024 | |
MGX 8220 | The OID denoting the first end point associated with this port. Currently, this OID points to the first CESM connection on the port. It has a NULL OID value (that is, {0 0): when no CESM connection exists on this port. The management station can retrieve all information about the first connection by reading from the row pointed to by this OID. Specifically, this specifies the first column of the appropriate row in the ceEndPtTable of the Connection Service MIB. Access: read-only. |
| |
MGX 8220 | This represents port type. For CESM-4 and CESM-1 cards, port type can only be unstructured. For CESM-8 cards, port type can be unstructured, structured or framingOnVcDisconnect. On CESM-8 E1 cards with dsx1E1CLEAR line type, port type must be unstructured or framingOnVcDisconnect; whereas, for dsx1E1CCS, dsx1E1CCSCRC, dsx1E1CAS, and dsx1E1CASCRC line types, port type must be structured. For an unstructured or framingOnVcDisconnect port, it is a non-channelized port, and all time slots are allocated to that port. framingOnVcDisconnect is basically an unstructured port. For a T1 structured port, 1 to 24 consecutive time slots can be allocated to a port. For an E1 structured port, 1 to 31 consecutive time slots can be allocated to a port on dsx1E1CCS and dsx1E1CCSCRC line types as DS0 on slot 1 is reserved for signalling; whereas, 1 to 15 consecutive time slots can be allocated to a port on dsx1E1CAS and dsx1E1CASCRC line types as DSO on slot 1 is reserved for signalling and slot 17 for synchronization. Access: read-write. | structured (1) unstructured (2) framingOnVcDisconnect (3) Default values: unstructured for CESM-4 and CESM-1 ports. | |
MGX 8220 | The number of aggregate channels assigned to this port. It is the port speed divided by the DS0 timeslot speed, which is 64k. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-32 For CESM-4T1, always 24 For CESM-4E1, always 32 For CESM-8T1, (1-24) For CESM-8E1, (1-31) for ports on dsx1E1CCS and dsx1E1CCSCRC line types; (1-15) for ports on dsx1E1CAS and dsx1E1CASCRC line types. |
The FRSM VHS Service Queue Configuration table (svFrsmVhsServiceQTable) maintains configuration information about all of the service queues on FRSM-VHS ports. This table is indexed by svFrsmVhsServiceQNode, svFrsmVhsServiceQShelf, svFrsmVhsServiceQSlot, svFrsmVhsServiceQLine, and svFrsmVhsServiceQPort, and svFrsmVhsServiceQNumber.
| MIB Object | Related Node Type | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Name of the routing node. Available on FRSM-VHS-2 T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards only. Access: read-only. | String from 1-10 characters. | |
MGX 8220 | String identifying the feeder/shelf. Available on FRSM-VHS-2 T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards only. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters. | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Slot number. Available on FRSM-VHS-2 T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards only. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-16 | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Line associated with FRSM-VHS ports. Available on FRSM-VHS-2 T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards only. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-56 | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Port number. Available on FRSM-VHS-2 T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards only. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-24 | |
MGX 8220 | The queue number of the queue within a logical port. Available on FRSM-VHS-2 T3/E3/CT3/HS2 cards only. Access: read-only. |
| |
MGX 8220 | You can only modify the values. An SNMP Get on this parameter always returns modify. SNMP Set restriction: mandatory parameter that should be specified for all configuration requests (involving an SNMP Set on any of the `read-write' attributes in this table. Access: read-write. |
|
The Voice Data Port table (svVoiceDataPortTable) maintains configuration information about all of the voice and data ports in the network. This table is indexed by svVoiceDataPortNode, svVoiceDataPortShelf, svVoiceDataPortSlot, svVoiceDataPortLineIndex, and svVoiceDataPortPort.
| MIB Object | Data Type | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
display string | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. |
| |
display string | String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. |
| |
integer | Slot number. Access: read-only. |
| |
integer | Corresponds to SwitchIfIndex. This is same as physical line number on the channelized cards and port number on the serial port cards.
Access: read-only. | CDP (1-1) | |
integer | Voice port. SNMP Set restriction: Applicable to all voice and data ports. Access: read-only. | Value range: For T1, 1-24 For E1, it could be 1-31 when the line is configured with CAS or 1-15 or 17-31 for E1 lines. | |
integer | Card type. Applicable to all voice and data ports. Access: read-only. | sdp (30), | |
integer | Interface type. Applicable to all voice and data ports. Access: read-only. | n (1), | |
integer | Specifies the port clocking configuration. Only applicable to serial port cards and within serial port cards, only configurable for SDP and HDM ports. SNMP Set restriction: value other (1) is not settable. Access: read-write. | other (1), | |
integer | Specifies whether Data Frame Multiplexing is enabled or disabled for this port. The value of this object for ports that do not support DFM is always disabled. Only applicable to serial port cards (SDP, LDP, HDM, LDM). SNMP Set restriction: DFM cannot be configured when an active embedded EIA connection exists on this port, so an attempt to change it will return a generalError. Access: read-write. | enabled (1), | |
integer | Specifies the pattern length in bits for the DFM algorithm. Only applicable to serial port cards (SDP, LDP, HDM, LDM). SNMP Set restriction: this cannot be changed if an active embedded EIA connection exists on this port, so an attempt to change it will return a generalError. Access: read-write. | serialPortDfmOther (1), | |
integer | Specifies the port percent utilization. Applicable to all voice and data cards. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-100 The default value is 100. | |
object identifier | Serves as a pointer to the object instance in the relevant row of the connTable. When no connection exists on the serial port, a NULL OID is returned. Applicable to all voice and data cards. Access: read-only. |
| |
integer | The DCE/DTE type of this port. Indicates whether the channel is operating as a DCE or DTE data interface when configured for data connections. Only applicable to connections in all voice and data cards. Access: read-write. | other (1), | |
integer | Sampling rate for updating EIA control leads in number of samples per second. Only applicable to a connections in voice and data cards. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-20 | |
integer | The unassigned channel signalling configuration used when a channel is configured for data connections. This object is configurable for T1 lines to t1-ucs (2) or ds0a (3). The default value is t1-ucs (2). For E1lines, this object is always e1-ucs (4). An attempt to set an invalid value will fail with genError status. Access: read-write. | other (1), | |
integer | Information about the dial type used on the channel. By default, Inband dial type is used. When it is of type userConfigured, the related objects, for which values must be provided are: When the values for any of the above variables are not provided for the userConfigured (3) Dial type, the current values in the database are retained. Each of the variables can be set independently. By default, every voice connection is configured with Inband signalling. When the dialType is inband (1) or pulse (2), the following values are used: Signalling Type Inband Pulse lineChanSignallingDelay 96 96 lineChanMinWink 20 20 lineChanPlayOutDelay 200 200 When the dial type is inband (1) or pulse (2), the objects mentioned above are not configurable. This parameter may not be combined with a set-request with any other parameters. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). Access: read-write. | inband (1), | |
integer | The signalling delay in milliseconds, assigned to the userConfigurable (3) dial type. The value specified is rounded to the nearest multiple of 1.5 msec. When the dial type is inband (1) or pulse (2), a default value of 96 is used, and a configured valued is not accepted. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortDtSignallingDelay can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortDtMinWink and svVoiceDataPortDtPlayOutDelay. Access: read-write. | Value range: 30-96 | |
integer | The minimum wink in milliseconds, assigned to the userConfigurable (3) dial type. The value specified is rounded to the nearest multiple of 3 msec. When the dial type is inband (1) or pulse (2), a default value of 200 is used, and a configured valued is not accepted. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortDtMinWink can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortDtSignallingDelay and svVoiceDataPortDtPlayOutDelay. Access: read-write. | Value range: 120-300 | |
integer | The playout delay in milliseconds, assigned to the userConfigurable (3) dial type. The value specified is rounded to the nearest multiple of 1.5 msec. When the dial type is inband (1) or pulse (2), a default value of 200 is used, and a configured valued is not accepted. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortDtPlayOutDelay can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortDtSignallingDelay and svVoiceDataPortDtMinWink. Access: read-write. | Value range: 100-200 | |
integer | Configures the receive signalling bit A for a voice channel. The value is given as one of the enumeration above which have following meanings: zero (1) = Signalling bit is 0. donotXmit (4) = don't transmit signalling bit. revSigBit(5) = Reverse/Inverse signalling bit. The default value is zero (1). When the signalling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortRecvSigABit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortRecvSigBBit, and svVoiceDataPortRecvSigCBit, and svVoiceDataPortRecvSigDBit. Access: read-write. | zero (1), | |
integer | Configures the receive signalling bit B for a voice channel. The value is given as one of the enumeration above which have following meanings: zero (1) = Signalling bit is 0. donotXmit (4) = don't transmit signalling bit. revSigBit(5) = Reverse/Inverse signalling bit. The default value is zero (1). When the signalling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortRecvSigBBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortRecvSigABit, and svVoiceDataPortRecvSigCBit, and svVoiceDataPortRecvSigDBit. Access: read-write. | zero (1), | |
integer | Configures the receive signalling bit C for a voice channel. The value is given as one of the enumeration above which have following meanings: zero (1) = Signalling bit is 0. donotXmit (4) = don't transmit signalling bit. revSigBit(5) = Reverse/Inverse signalling bit. The default value is zero (1). When the signalling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortRecvSigCBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortRecvSigABit, and svVoiceDataPortRecvSigBBit, and svVoiceDataPortRecvSigDBit. Access: read-write. | zero (1), | |
integer | Configures the receive signalling bit D for a voice channel. The value is given as one of the enumeration above which have following meanings: zero (1) = Signalling bit is 0. donotXmit (4) = don't transmit signalling bit. revSigBit(5) = Reverse/Inverse signalling bit. The default value is zero (1). When the signalling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortRecvSigDBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortRecvSigABit, and svVoiceDataPortRecvSigBBit, and svVoiceDataPortRecvSigCBit. Access: read-write. | zero (1), | |
integer | Allows the node to pass A channel signalling bits through unchanged, or to invert/hold them at a given value for a line. It affects signalling bits in the transmit direction (for example, to the CPE/PABX).The value is given as one of the enumerated values which have following meanings: zero (1) = Signalling bit is 0. donotXmit (4) = don't transmit signalling bit. revSigBit(5) = Reverse/Inverse signalling bit. The default value is zero (1). When the signalling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortXmitSigABit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortXmitSigBBit, and svVoiceDataPortXmitSigCBit, and svVoiceDataPortXmitSigDBit. Access: read-write. | zero (1), | |
integer | Allows the node to pass B channel signalling bits through unchanged, or to invert/hold them at a given value for a line. It affects signalling bits in the transmit direction (for example, to the CPE/PABX).The value is given as one of the enumerated values which have following meanings: zero (1) = Signalling bit is 0. donotXmit (4) = don't transmit signalling bit. revSigBit(5) = Reverse/Inverse signalling bit. The default value is zero (1). When the signalling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortXmitSigBBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortXmitSigABit, and svVoiceDataPortXmitSigCBit, and svVoiceDataPortXmitSigDBit. Access: read-write. | zero (1), | |
integer | Allows the node to pass C channel signalling bits through unchanged, or to invert/hold them at a given value for a line. It affects signalling bits in the transmit direction (for example, to the CPE/PABX).The value is given as one of the enumerated values which have following meanings: zero (1) = Signalling bit is 0. donotXmit (4) = don't transmit signalling bit. revSigBit(5) = Reverse/Inverse signalling bit. The default value is zero (1). When the signalling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortXmitSigCBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortXmitSigABit, and svVoiceDataPortXmitSigBBit, and svVoiceDataPortXmitSigDBit. Access: read-write. | zero (1), | |
integer | Allows the node to pass D channel signalling bits through unchanged, or to invert/hold them at a given value for a line. It affects signalling bits in the transmit direction (for example, to the CPE/PABX).The value is given as one of the enumerated values which have following meanings: zero (1) = Signalling bit is 0. donotXmit (4) = don't transmit signalling bit. revSigBit(5) = Reverse/Inverse signalling bit. The default value is zero (1). When the signalling is not used, the A, B, C, and D bits have 1, 1, 0, and 1 values, respectively. The initialization value is xmitTransparent (3). Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortXmitSigDBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortXmitSigABit, and svVoiceDataPortXmitSigBBit, and svVoiceDataPortXmitSigCBit. Access: read-only. | zero (1), | |
integer | Represents the interface type assigned to a voice channel. The lineChanIfTypeName is ignored for data type connections, however, lineChanIfTypeName can be set to configure a channel for voice connections instead of data type connections. The lineChanDataDceDte interface type can be set to configure a channel for data connections instead of voice connections. The following different types of interfaces are possible: Number {InterfaceType, A, B , C, D, CondName} 1 {User Config, U, U, N,N, a} Where A, B, C, and D are the signalling bits corresponding to Onhook values having the following meanings: | userConfig (1), | |
svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName | integer | When the IPX receives A, B, C, D bits corresponding to the on-hook values, that channel is known to be on-hook. Otherwise that channel is known to be off-hook. Each pre-defined interface type has a pre-determined conditioning template associated with it. When any of the above variables are not provided with values, the current values in the data base are retained. The default values for a voice channel are: UnConfigured U U N N a. When it is a userConfigured (1) or Forced Signalling forceSig (4), the following variables must be supplied: The conditioning templates can be any of a (1) - f (6) types. When a pre-defined ChanIfTypeName is chosen in a set-request, values for the other related objects should not be provided. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: the lineChanIfTypeName is ignored for data type connections, however, lineChanIfTypeName can be set to configure a channel for voice connections instead of data type connections. The lineChanDataDceDte interface type can be set to configure a channel for data connections instead of voice connections. Access: read-write. |
|
integer | Represents the value of A signalling bit, for which the IPX shall recognize an on-hook condition. The default value is unKnown (4). The value corresponding to pre-defined Interface types are provided in the table in the "Description" clause of the object lineChanIfTypeName. When the interface type is a pre-defined type, a value is not accepted for this object. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit, and svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit. Access: read-write. | zero (1), | |
integer | Represents the value of B signalling bit, for which the IPX shall recognize an on-hook condition. The default value is unKnown (4). The value corresponding to pre-defined Interface types are provided in the table in the "Description" clause of the object lineChanIfTypeName. When the interface type is a pre-defined type, a value is not accepted for this object. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABit, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit, and svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit. Access: read-write. | zero (1), | |
integer | Represents the value of B signalling bit, for which the IPX shall recognize an on-hook condition. The default value is unKnown (4). The value corresponding to pre-defined Interface types are provided in the table in the "Description" clause of the object lineChanIfTypeName. When the interface type is a pre-defined type, a value is not accepted for this object. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABit, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit, and svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit. Access: read-write. | zero (1), | |
integer | Represents the value of B signalling bit, for which the IPX shall recognize an on-hook condition. The default value is unKnown (4). The value corresponding to pre-defined Interface types are provided in the table in the "Description" clause of the object lineChanIfTypeName. When the interface type is a pre-defined type, a value is not accepted for this object. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkDBit can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortIfTypeName, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkABit, svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkBBit, and svVoiceDataPortIfOnhkCBit. Access: read-write. | zero (1), | |
integer | Represents the integrated echo canceller channel parameters associated with the specified voice end point channel. By default it is disabled. If it is to be enabled from a disabled state, values for the following variables must be given: Variable Name Value Description lineChanEchoRtnLoss high/low Set the echo return loss to high / low. lineChanEchoTone enable/ Enables or disables the disable tone disabler. lineChanEchoConv enable/ Enables or disables disable convergence. lineChanEchoNlp enable/ Enables or disables lineChanEchoBgFilter enable/ Enables or disables the disable Background Filter. lineChanEchoBackCard enable/ Enables or disables the disable preference for BackCard echo cancellation. When any one of the variables are not specified, the previous value of that variable are retained. When the Echo Cancel is set to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the Set request. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss, svVoiceDataPortEchoTone, svVoiceDataPortEchoConv, svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp, svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard. Access: read-write. | enable (1), | |
integer | Represents the Echo Return Loss when the echo canceller is enabled. The default value is high (2). When the Echo Cancel is set to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the SNMP Set request. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel, svVoiceDataPortEchoTone, svVoiceDataPortEchoConv, svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp, svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard. Access: read-write. | low (1), | |
integer | Represents whether the Tone disabler is enabled. The default value is enable (1). When the Echo Cancel is set to Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortEchoTone can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel, svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss, svVoiceDataPortEchoConv, svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp, svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard. Access: read-write. | enable (1), | |
integer | Represents whether the Echo Convergence is enabled. The default value is enable (1). When the Echo Cancel is set to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the SNMP Set request. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortEchoConv can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel, svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss, svVoiceDataPortEchoTone, svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp, svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard. Access: read-write. | enable (1), | |
integer | Represents whether NonLinear processing is enabled. The default value is enable (1). When the Echo Cancel is set to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the SNMP Set request. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel, svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss, svVoiceDataPortEchoTone, svVoiceDataPortEchoConv, svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard. Access: read-write. | enable (1), | |
integer | Represents whether the Echo Canceller Background Filter is enabled. The default value is enable (1). When the Echo Cancel is set to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the SNMP Set request. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel, svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss, svVoiceDataPortEchoTone, svVoiceDataPortEchoConv, svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard. Access: read-write. | enable (1), | |
integer | Represents whether the preference for Echo Cancellation on the backcard is enabled. The default value is enable (1). When the Echo Cancel is set to disable (2), values for the related parameters are not allowed in the SNMP Set request. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: a Set request on svVoiceDataPortEchoBackCard can only be combined with svVoiceDataPortEchoCancel, svVoiceDataPortEchoRtnLoss, svVoiceDataPortEchoTone, svVoiceDataPortEchoConv, svVoiceDataPortEchoNlp, and svVoiceDataPortEchoBgFilter. Access: read-write. | enable (1), | |
integer | Represents the amount of gain inserted at the receiver side of a line on voice type connections. The gain is specified in decibels to be assigned to the channel. The gain can be configured between +6 dB and -8 dB. By default, it is zero. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-14 | |
integer | Represents the amount of gain inserted at the transmit side of a line on voice type connections. The gain is specified in decibels to be assigned to the channel. The gain can be configured between +6 dB and -8 dB. By default it is zero. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-14 | |
integer | Specifies the ICS state on this channel whether it is enabled or disabled. The value of this object for channels that do not support ICS is always disbaled(2). This variable is only applicable in IGX 9.2. Applicable only to voice connections on channelized cards (UVM, CVM, CDP). SNMP Set restriction: enabling ICS on cards do not support this feature results in a generalError. This variable can only be set alone or with any of the following variables: Access: read-write. | enable (1), |
The Frame Relay Port table (svFrPortTable) contains a list of all Frame Relay ports. This table is indexed by svFrPortNode, svFrPortShelf, svFrPortSlot, svFrPortLineIndex, and svFrPortPort.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
IPX(R) IGX 8400(R) BPX 8600 MGX 8800 | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | String from 1-10 characters | |
IPX(F) IGX 8400(F) MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | String identifying the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only. | String from 0-10 characters | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Value range: 1-64. | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Port number - a unique value greater than 0 within a card. On IPX FRP, IGX 8400 FRM, and On IGX 8400 UFM, this is a logical port number. On MGX 8220 FRSM-HS1 and IGX 8400 UFMU this is the physical line number. When creating ports on cards with logical port indexing, users may get the next available logical port at the card using the svNextAvailableLogicalPortTable. Access: read-only. | Value range: | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | User requested operation for this port table row. You can add, delete, or modify a port. This is a mandatory parameter that must be specified for all configuration requests (involving an SNMP Set on any of the read-write attributes in this table). This is a write only parameter, and an SNMP Get on this variable returns any one of the enumerations. Access: read-write. | add (2) - add new port delete (3) - delete port modify (4) - modify port parameters | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | This represents the port type. For FRSM cards, this could be frame-relay, frFUNI, or frame-forward. For FRASM card, this could be sdlc-stun, sdlc-fras, or bsc-bstun. For all other cards, the value is frame-relay. This attribute can be Set only once while adding the port. SNMP Set restriction: for MGX 8220 FRASM card, mandatory creation time parameter. For other cards, optional creation time parameter. In both cases, it is not modifiable once the port is created. Access: read-write. | frame-relay (1) Default value: frame-relay (1) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Card type. Access: read-only. | unknown (1) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Interface type. Access: read-only. | unknown (1) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Gives the operating status of the port. Access: read-only. | inactive (1) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | User requested state for port table row. You can enable or disable an existing port. Access: read-write. | enable (1) disable (2) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Physical line associated with this port. For SNMP Get: for IPX-FRP and IGX 8400-FRM ports, this value is always 1. For IGX 8400-UFM/U ports, the value (1-4) is returned. For IGX 8400-UFM ports, the value (1-8) is returned. For FRSM-4 and FRSM-HS1, the value (1-4) is returned. For FRSM-8 and FRASM-8, the value (1-8) is returned. For FRSM-2T3/E3/HS2, the value 1-2 is returned. For FRSM-2CT3, the value 1-56 is returned. For SNMP Set - this is a mandatory create time parameter for ports on IGX 8400-UFM. A range (1-4) can be specified. Should not be specified for: IPX-FRP, When it is specified, an error is reported. The parameter can be set during port creation only. An error is returned for subsequent sets. Access: read-write. |
| |
IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The starting channel number for this port. (FR T1/E1 and MGX 8220 FRSM-2 CT3 interfaces only). For SNMP Get - the object is not applicable for non-channelized ports, and the value "-1" is reported. For SNMP Set - this parameter can be set for UFM ports only. This is a mandatory create time parameter for ports on IGX 8400-UFM. For IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, MGX 8220 and MGX 8800 FRSM-HS1, and FRSM-4/8, cards, and for the MGX 8220 FRASM-8 card svFrPortPort is the starting channel, and this value should not be specified. Starting channel is not settable on IGX 8400 UFM/U as the ports are non-channelized. An attempt to set this on these cards will result in an "SNMP BAD VALUE" error. This parameter is mandatory during creation. It is not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. | Valid range: 1-32 IGX 8400 UFM with T1: 1-24 IGX 8400 UFM with E1: 1-32 MGX 8220 FRSM-4/8, FRASM-8, and FRSM-2C with T1: 1-24 MGX 8220 FRSM-4/8, FRASM-8, and FRSM-2C with E1: 1-32 MGX 8800 FRSM-4/8, and FRSM-2C with T1: 1-24 MGX 8800 FRSM-4/8, and FRSM-2C with E1: 1-32 | |
MGX 8800 | The number of aggregate channels assigned to this port (Frame Relay T1/E1 interface only). For non-channelized ports, this object is always 1. Access: read-only. |
| |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Configured speed of the port in 100 bits per second. For SNMP Set - for subrate (V.35) interface, port speed can be modified. For E1/T1, this parameter can be set only while adding a new port. It can not be modified after the first set. Subsequent attempts to set it results in an "SNMP BAD VALUE" error. For channelized T1/E1, the default is one times slot speed. For FRSM-HS1/x21, the speed is determined by the configured speed of the line. For FRSM-8, port speed is the same as the DS0 channel speed. It should not be specified during creation. An attempt to specify it results in an "SNMP BAD VALUE" error. MGX 8220 FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/HS2: you are not allowed to set it. MGX 8220 FRSM-VHS 2CT3: you are allowed to set it. Access: read-write. | Value range: 560-20480 FRSM/FRP/FRM/UFM T1: 56-1536 kbps. Actual port speed depends on the number of aggregate channels assigned to the port. FRSM/FRP/FRM/UFM E1: 56-2048 kbps. Actual port speed depends on the number of aggregate channels assigned to the port. FRP/FRM/UFM-U V.35: 56-256 kbps. FRSM-VHS 2T3/E3/HS2: the port speed is determined by the configured line rate. FRSM-VHS 2CT3: 56-1536 kbps. Actual port speed depends on the number of aggregate channels assigned to the port. MGX 8220 FRASM-8 card: the possible port speed is either 56k or 64k. | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Channel speed. This is not applicable for V35 subrate ports and non channelized ports. SNMP Get - value (na) is returned for non applicable cases. SNMP Set - not applicable to FRP v.35 ports. An attempt to set it results in an "SNMP BAD VALUE" error. Allowed only while adding the port. Access: read-write. | s56k (1) s64k (2) na (3) - not applicable for the port requested. This value should not be used for Sets Default value: s64k | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The specified LMI operation mode. The options are: 2 - (UNI) LMI enabled but asynchronous update disabled. 3 - (UNI) LMI and asynchronous update enabled. 4 - (UNI) LMI enabled using CCITT O.933 Annex A parameters. 5 - (UNI) LMI enabled using ANSI T1.617 parameters. 6 - (NNI) LMI enabled using CCITT O.933 Annex A parameters. 7 - (NNI) LMI enabled using ANSI T1.617 parameters. Not applicable to FRASM-8 ports. Access: read-write. | disabled (1) lmi-noasyn (2) (also known as strataLMI) lmi-asyn (3) uni-annexA (4) uni-annexD (5) nni-annexA (6) nni-annexD (7) Default value: disabled | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Flag indicating whether NNI is active on the specified slot.port. SNMP Get Operation: this object is always "no" when the Network Manager attempts to Get svFrPortNNIStatus from a disabled or LMI port. In other cases, the value of this object is determined by whether or not the port is configured as NNI. Not applicable to FRASM-8 ports. Access: read-only. | no (1) yes (2) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Flag indicating whether the system should send unsolicited LMI update messages as they appear or wait for the polling from the user device. This object is applicable only to Annex A/D UNI and Annex A/D NNI protocols for write, and LMI, Annex A/D UNI, and Annex A/D NNI for read. SNMP Get Operation: this object is always "no" for ports without protocols; otherwise, its value is determined by the asynchronous status of the port. SNMP Set Operation: when the Network Manager attempts to Set this object on a port without a protocol, an error is reported. Set is optional during creation and modifiable after creation. 1 FRSM: yes: enable asynchronous status updates fsenable: enable unsolicited full status updfsenable: enable asynchronous status updates and unsolicited full status UFM, FRP, FRM: yes: enable unsolicited LMI update messages Not applicable to FRASM-8 ports. Access: read-write. | no (1); yes (2); fsenable (3); updfsenable (4); Default value: no | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The link integrity verification timer heartbeat (keep-alive) period. It should be set to 5 seconds more than the heartbeat time in the user device. SNMP Get Operation: As this object is not applicable to a disabled protocol, "-1" is returned when the Network Manager attempts to Get this object from a port without protocols. SNMP Set Operation: When the Network Manager attempts to Set this object on a port without a protocol, an error is reported. Not applicable to FRASM-8 ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 5-30 Default value: 15 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The number of the failures in the monitored events that cause the keep-alive process to report an alarm. SNMP Get Operation: As this object is not applicable to a disabled protocol, "-1" is returned when the Network Manager attempts to Get this object from a port without protocols. SNMP Set Operation: When the Network Manager attempts to Set this object on a port without a protocol, an error is reported. Not applicable to FRASM-8 ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-10 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The number of monitored events for the keep-alive process. A port communication fail condition is cleared after this number of successful polling cycles. SNMP Get Operation: As this object is not applicable to a disabled protocol, "-1" is returned when the Network Manager attempts to Get this object from a port without protocols. SNMP Set Operation: When the Network Manager attempts to Set this object on a port without a protocol, an error is reported. Not applicable to FRASM-8 ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-10 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The minimum number of flags between frames. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-255 For IPX FRP, IGX 8400 UFM/UFMU, IGX 8400-FRM ports: 1-255. For MGX 8220 FRASM-8 ports: 1 Default value: 1 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | T391 - Link Integrity Timer indicating the interval at which a Status Enquiry message is sent. SNMP Get Operation: as this object is not applicable to a disabled protocol, (-1) is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a port without protocols. SNMP Set Operation: when the Network Manager attempts to Set this object on a port without a protocol, an error is reported. Not applicable to FRASM-8 ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 5-30 Default value: 10 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | N391 - Number of UNI/NNI full status polling cycles. SNMP Get Operation: as this object is not applicable to a disabled protocol, (-1) is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a port without protocols. SNMP Set Operation: when the Network Manager attempts to Set this object on a port with a protocol, an error is reported. Not applicable to FRASM-8 ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-255 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Enables CLLM. SNMP Get Operation: when the Network Manager attempts to Get this object from a port where ForeSight is not supported, "-1" is returned. As this object is not applicable to a disabled protocol, (-1) is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a port without protocols. SNMP Set Operation: when the Network Manager attempts to Set this object on a port where ForeSight is not supported, an error is reported. When the Network Manager attempts to Set this object on a port with a protocol, an error is reported. Not applicable to FRASM-8 ports. Note that ForeSight (CLLM) is available only when the firmware supports it. Access: read-write. | disable (1) enable (2) | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The timer for CLLM messages in CLLM intervals (10 milliseconds). The variable is valid only when svFrPortCLLMEnable is set to enable. SNMP Get Operation: when the Network Manager attempts to Get this object from a port where ForeSight is not supported, "-1" is returned. SNMP Set Operation: when the Network Manager attempts to Set this object of a port where ForeSight is not supported, an error is reported. When the Network Manager attempts to Set this object on a port with a protocol, an error is reported. Note that ForeSight (CLLM) is available only when the firmware supports it. Not applicable to FRASM-8 ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 40-5000 Units: one hundredth of a second | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The number of virtual connections that terminate on this port. IPX-FRP and IGX 8400-FRM cards can have a maximum of 252 connections shared among the ports. An FRP/FRM port may have up to 252 connections allocated. An IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU card can have a maximum of 1000 connections shared among the ports. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-1000 | |
IPX IGX 8400 MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | The Object ID denoting the first end point associated with this port. For the current implementation, this OID points to the first Frame Relay connection on the port. It has a NULL OID value ({0 0}) when no Frame Relay connection exists on this port. The management station can retrieve all the information about the first connection by reading from the row pointed to by this OID. Specifically, this OID specifies the first column of the appropriate row in the frEndPointTable of the Connection Service MIB. Access: read-only. |
| |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Queue 1 is the low-priority queue and queue 2 is the high-priority queue. This object describes the service ratio between the 2 queues. This ratio decides the number of times queue 1 should be serviced for every time queue 2 is serviced. This attribute is useful to avoid concentration on one particular queue. Only applicable to MGX 8220 FRSM HS1 and MGX 8220 FRASM-4/8 ports. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-15 Default value: 1 | |
IPX IGX 8400 | The maximum bytes queued for transmission from the port. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-65535 Default value: 65535 | |
IPX IGX 8400 | Port explicit congestion notification threshold. This is the point at which the BECN and FECN bits are set in communications to the user device. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-65535 Default value: 65535 | |
IPX IGX 8400 | The percentage of the queue depth above which frames with the Discard Eligibility bit set are discarded. An entry of 100% effectively disables DE for the port. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-100 Default value: 100 | |
IPX IGX 8400 | Flag indicating whether IDE to DE mapping should be performed. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. | no (1) yes (2) Default value: yes | |
IPX IGX 8400 | Flag specifying whether the connection's SNA priority should be communicated to the user device attached to the port. SNMP Get Operation: As this object is specific to LMI protocols, "-1" is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a non-LMI port. SNMP Set Operation: Likewise, when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object on a non-LMI port, an error is reported. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. | no (1) yes (2) | |
IPX IGX 8400 | The upper Receiver-Not-Ready threshold. This threshold specifies the number of receiver not ready indications from the user equipment before an alarm is generated for this connection. SNMP Get Operation: As this object is specific to LMI protocols, "-1" is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a non-LMI port. SNMP Set Operation: Likewise, when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object on a non-LMI port, an error is reported. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-100 Default value: 75 | |
IPX IGX 8400 | The Lower Receiver-Not-Ready threshold. This threshold specifies the number of receiver not ready indications from the user equipment before an alarm is cleared for this connection. SNMP Get Operation: As this object is specific to LMI protocols, "-1" is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a non-LMI port. SNMP Set Operation: Likewise, when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object on a non-LMI port, an error is reported. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-100 Default value: 75 | |
IPX IGX 8400 | The alarm threshold for number of OAM heartbeat FastPackets missed before propagating A-bit=0. This threshold is applicable to both UNI and NNI Frame Relay ports when the node has the FR NNI feature enabled and the firmware supports it. SNMP Get Operation: As this object is not applicable to a disabled protocol, "-1" is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a port without protocols. SNMP Set Operation: When the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object on a port without a protocol, an error is reported. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-15 | |
IPX IGX 8400 | Indicates whether EFCI to BECN mapping is enabled. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. | no (1) yes (2) none (3) | |
IPX IGX 8400 | The type of port clock (Frame Relay subrate interface only). For a T1/E1 interface, this object should be none. SNMP Get Operation: when the Network Manager attempts to get this object from a T1/E1 port, none (3) is returned. SNMP Set Operation: when the Network Manager attempts to set this object on a T1/E1 port, an error is returned. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. | normal (1) looped (2) none (3) | |
IPX IGX 8400 | The current status of the RTS lead (subrated Frame Relay Interface only). none is used for T1/E1 Frame Relay Interface. SNMP Get Operation: this object is valid only when the port is subrated and DTE. Otherwise, none (3) is returned. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. | off (1) on (2) none (3) | |
IPX IGX 8400 | The current status of the DTR lead (subrated Frame Relay Interface only). none is used for T1/E1 Frame Relay Interface. Get Operation: this object is valid only when the port is subrated and DTE. Otherwise, none (3) is returned. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. | off (1) on (2) none (3) | |
IPX IGX 8400 | The current status of the DCD lead (subrated Frame Relay Interface only). none is used for T1/E1 Frame Relay Interface. Get Operation: this object is valid only when the port is subrated and DCE. Otherwise, none (3) is returned. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. | off (1) on (2) none (3) | |
IPX IGX 8400 | The current status of the CTS lead (subrated Frame Relay Interface only). none is used for T1/E1 Frame Relay Interface. Get Operation: This object is valid only when the port is subrated and DCE. Otherwise, none (3) is returned. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. | off (1) on (2) none (3) | |
IPX IGX 8400 | The current status of the DSR lead (subrated Frame Relay Interface only). none is used for T1/E1 Frame Relay Interface. Get Operation: This object is valid only when the port is subrated and DCE. Otherwise, none (3) is returned. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. | off (1) on (2) none (3) | |
IPX IGX 8400 | The loopback mode. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. | none (1) local (2) remote (3) | |
IPX IGX 8400 | Flag indicating when the connection with the external device is lost. Applicable to IPX-FRP, IGX 8400-FRM, and IGX 8400-UFM/UFMU ports only. The value "-2" is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-only. | false (1) true (2) | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | Physical line associated with FRSM ports. The value of this object is applicable to For SNMP Get: value 1-4 is returned for MGX 8220 FRSM-4. value 1-8 is returned for MGX 8220 FRSM-8 and FRASM-8. value 1-2 is returned for FRSM-VHS 2T3/2E3/2HS2. value 1-56 is returned for FRSM-VHS 2CT3. value 0 is returned for other ports. For SNMP Set: value 1-4 must be used for value 1-8 must be used for MGX 8220 FRSM-8, FRASM-8 and MGX 8800 FRSM-8 value 1-2 must be used for FRSM-VHS 2T3/2E3/2HS2. value 1-56 must be used for FRSM-VHS 2CT3. value 0 must be used for other ports. svFrPortLine specifies the physical line for other ports. Access: read-only. | Value range: 0-56 | |
MGX 8220 MGX 8800 | This object defines when enhanced LMI is enabled on a port. SNMP Get Operation: as this object is specific to ports with a signalling protocol enabled, none (3) is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a port with no signalling protocol. SNMP Set Operation: when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object on a port with no signalling protocol, an error is reported. Settable values are disable (1) and enable (2). Applicable to Release 4 MGX 8220 FRSM 4/8, FRSM HS1 ports only. The value none (3) is returned for other types of ports. Access: read-write. | disable (1) enable (2) none (3) | |
MGX 8220 | This represents the speed of DS0A sub rate speeds. Not applicable to FRSM-VHS. 1 - 2.4 Kbps Applicable only to MGX 8220 FRASM ports. Access: read-write. | speed2400 (1) speed4800 (2) speed9600 (3) speed56000 (4) speed64000 (5) Default value: speed64000 | |
MGX 8220 | Represents the physical interface (DS0, DS0A): Applicable only to MGX 8220 FRASM ports. Optional during creation. Not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. | ds0 (1) ds0a (2) Default value: ds0 (1) | |
MGX 8220 | This represents the encoding (NRZ, NRZI): Applicable only to MGX 8220 FRASM ports. Optional during creation. Not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. | nrz (1) nrzi (2) Default value: nrz (1) | |
MGX 8220 | Indicates the role of the port. For SDLC-STUN ports, possible roles are: For SDLC-FRAS ports, possible roles are: For BSC-BSTUN port, possible roles are: Applicable only to MGX 8220 FRASM ports. Optional during creation. Not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. | primary (1) secondary (2) negotiable (3) xidprimrole (4) contention (5) Default value: primary (1) | |
MGX 8220 | Indicates the maximum number of bits expected in an inbound frame. Any frame larger than this maximum is discarded, and optionally an FRMR is sent. Applicable only to MGX 8220 FRASM Sdlc-Stun and Sdlc-Fras ports. Optional during creation. Not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. | Value Range:1-12000 | |
MGX 8220 | Indicates the number of retry attempts with a particular device before the device is considered to have failed. Applicable to MGX 8220 FRASM ports only. Option during creation. Modifiable once set. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-255 1-100 for BSC-BSTUN. Default: 20 for SDLC-STUN and SDLC-FRAS, and 5 for BSC-BSTUN. | |
MGX 8220 | Contains the number of milliseconds the software waits or an ACK, after sending a frame, before attempting recovery. Applicable only to MGX 8220 FRASM SDLC-STUN and SDLC-FRAS ports. Optional during creation. Not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-64000 Default value: 3000 | |
MGX 8220 | The number of 1/10 of a second intervals to wait between the start of a polling cycle. Applicable only to MGX 8220 FRASM BSC-BSTUN ports. Optional during creation. Not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-1000 Default value: 10 | |
MGX 8220 | The number of 1/10 second intervals to wait after doing a poll if there is no response from a device. Applicable only to MGX 8220 FRASM BSC-BSTUN ports. Optional during creation. Not modifiable after creation. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-1000 Default value: 10 | |
MGX 8220 | The protocol group this port is bound to. Protocol group numbers are unique within a STUN or BSTUN group, however, not across groups. Applicable only to MGX 8220 FRASM SDLC-STUN and BSC-BSTUN ports. Mandatory during creation. Not modifiable once set. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-255 |
For any of the "SNMP Set", "SNMP Get", and "SNMP GetNext" operations, the Object ID of the request must be of the form:
<OID Of The Variable>,<INDEX>
where, <INDEX> is composed of:
<Encoded Value of Nodename>.<Encoded Value of Shelfname>.<Slot>.<LineIndex>.<Port>
The <LineIndex> value is 0 for all cards other than MGX 8220 FRSM Cards. During port creation, <Port> must be specified according to the requirements specified in Table 3-44. The Card Specific Requirements table describes mandatory and optional parameters required for adding, deleting, and modifying ports on various card types.
| Card Type | Mandatory and Optional Variables |
|---|---|
FRP/FRM - T1/E1 | Create: svFrPortRowStatus = add (Mandatory) None of the following variables should be set for port creation: Modify: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) Other valid attributes can also be specified. The following variables cannot be modified: svFrPortDs0ChSpeed, svFrPortStartingCh, svFrPortLine, svFrPortType, svFrPortSpeed Delete: svFrPortRowStatus = delete (Mandatory). |
FRP/FRM - V.35 | Create: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) svFrPortAdminState = enable (Mandatory) svFrPortSpeed (Mandatory) None of the following variables should be set for port creation: Modify: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) Other valid attributes can also be specified. The following variables cannot be modified: Delete: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) svFrPortAdminState = disable (Mandatory). |
FRP/FRM - X.2 | Create: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) svFrPortAdminState = enable (Mandatory) None of the following variables should be set for port creation: Modify: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) Other valid attributes can also be specified. The following variables cannot be modified: Delete: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) svFrPortAdminState = disable (Mandatory). |
FRSM-4/8 | Create: svFrPortRowStatus = add (Mandatory) svFrPortDs0ChSpeed (Optional: Default = s64k) svFrPortSpeed (Optional: Default = 1 time slot speed) svFrPortType (Optional: Default = frame-relay) Modify: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) Other valid attributes can also be specified. The following variables cannot be modified: Delete: svFrPortRowStatus = delete (Mandatory). |
UFM | Create: Use index svFrPortPort = number got from svNextLogicalPort table. svFrPortRowStatus = add (Mandatory) svFrPortLine = Line number (Mandatory) svFrPortStartingCh = Starting Ds0 Channel number (Mandatory) svFrPortDs0ChSpeed (Optional: Default = s64k) svFrPortSpeed (Optional: Default = 1 time slot speed) Modify: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) Other valid attributes can also be specified. The following variables cannot be modified: svFrPortDs0ChSpeed, svFrPortStartingCh, svFrPortLine, svFrPortType, svFrPortSpeed Delete: svFrPortRowStatus = delete (Mandatory). |
UFM/U | Create: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) svFrPortAdminState = enable (Mandatory) svFrPortSpeed (Mandatory) None of the following variables should be set for port creation: svFrPortStartingCh, svFrPortLine, svFrPortDs0ChSpeed Modify: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) Other valid attributes can also be specified. The following variables cannot be modified: svFrPortDs0ChSpeed, svFrPortStartingCh, svFrPortLine, svFrPortType Delete: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) svFrPortAdminState = disable (Mandatory). |
FRSM-HS1 | Create: svFrPortRowStatus = add (Mandatory) Modify: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) Other valid attributes can also be specified. Delete: svFrPortRowStatus = delete (Mandatory). |
FRSM-VHS-2T3/2E3/2HS2 | Create: svFrPortRowStatus = add (Mandatory) Modify: svFrPortRowStatus = modify (Mandatory) Other valid attributes can also be specified. Delete: svFrPortRowStatus = delete (Mandatory). |
FRSM-2CT3 | Create: svFrPortRowStatus = add (Mandatory) Modify: Specify: Other valid attributes can also be specified. Delete: svFrPortRowStatus = delete (Mandatory) |
FRASM | Create: Modify: Specify: Other attributes to be modified: Delete: Specify: |
The following example creates a FRSM Frame Relay port with the following parameters:
Node : nmsbpx09 (Encoded Value is: 8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57)
Shelf : axis165 (Encoded Value is: 7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53)
Slot : 7 (Card in Slot 7 is FRSM/4T1)
Line : 3
Port : 10 (10 is the Starting channel number)
This example also sets port speed to 4 (number of time slots is 4).
> snmpset -p 8161 -c private nm20fst7 svFrPortRowStatus.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.7.3.10 integer 2 svFrPortSpeed.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.7.3.10 integer 4
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.portGroup.svFrPortTable.svFrPortEntry.svFrPortRowStatus.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.7.3.10 : INTEGER: add
stratacom.svplus.serviceGroup.portGroup.svFrPortTable.svFrPortEntry.svFrPortSpeed.8.110.109.115.98.112.120.48.57.7.97.120.105.115.49.54.53.7.3.10 : INTEGER: 4
The DAS ANI table (dasAniTable) is used to configure ANIs. This table is indexed by dasAniAni.
| MIB Object | Data Type | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
display string | ANI subscriber's telephone number or node name. Access: read-only. | String from 1-20 characters for a telephone number. For example, 4088822651. String from 1-10 characters for a node name. For example, nmsipx12. | |
integer | Specify addAni (1) for adding ANI, delAni (2) for deleting ANI, and modAni (3) for modifying the ANI parameters. Access: read-write. | addAni (1), | |
integer | ANI type (must be SNMP Set when adding). Access: read-write. | dialup (1), | |
integer | The maximum bytes queued for transmission from the port. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-65535 | |
integer | Port explicit congestion notification threshold. This is the point at which the BECN and FECN bits are set in communications to a user device. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-65535 | |
integer | The percentage of the queue depth above which frames with the Discard Eligibility bit set will be discarded. An entry of 100% effectively disables DE for the port. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-100 | |
integer | The timer for CLLM messages in CLLM intervals. The unit is hundredths of a second. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0 or 4-35 0 = no CLLM is configured. | |
integer | Flag indicating whether IDE to DE mapping should be performed. Access: read-write. | no (1), | |
integer | The minimum number of flags between frames. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-255 | |
integer | Signalling protocol. Access: read-write. | none (1), | |
integer | Flag indicating whether the port is NNI/UNI. This is valid only when SigProto is annexA or annexD. SNMP Get operation: this object is always SNMP Set operation: when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object for a port with no or LMI protocol, or to na (3), an error is reported. Access: read-write. | nni (1), | |
integer | The flag indicating whether unsolicited LMI update messages should be sent as they appear or wait for the polling from the user device. SNMP Get operation: this object is always SNMP Set operation: when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object of a port without a protocol, an error is reported. Access: read-write. | no (1), | |
integer | The link integrity verification timer heartbeat (keep-alive) period. It should be set to 5 seconds more than the heartbeat time in the user device. SNMP Get operation: this object is always SNMP Set operation: when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object of a port without a protocol, an error is reported. Access: read-write. | Value range: 5-30 | |
integer | The number of the failures in the monitored events that cause the keep-alive process to report an alarm. SNMP Get operation: as this object is not applicable to disabled protocols, (0) is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a port without protocols. SNMP Set operation: when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object of a port without a protocol, an error is reported. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-10 | |
integer | The number of monitored events for the keep-alive process. A port communication fail condition is cleared after this number of successful polling cycles. SNMP Get operation: as this object is not applicable to disabled protocols, (0) is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a port without protocols. SNMP Set operation: when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object of a port without a protocol, an error is reported. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-10 | |
integer | The alarm threshold for the number of OAM heartbeat FastPackets missed before propagating A-bit=0. SNMP Get operation: as this object is not applicable to disabled protocols, (0) is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a port without protocols. SNMP Set operation: when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object of a port without a protocol, an error is reported. Access: read-write. | Value range: 0-15 | |
integer | The flag specifying whether the connection SNA priority should be communicated to the user device attached to the port. SNMP Get operation: as this object is specific to LMI protocols, no (1) is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a non-LMI port. SNMP Set operation: when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object of a non-LMI port, an error is reported. Access: read-write. |
| |
integer | The upper Receiver-Not-Ready threshold. This threshold specifies the number of receiver not ready indications from the user equipment before an alarm is generated for this connection. SNMP Get operation: as this object is specific to LMI protocols, (0) is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a non-LMI port. SNMP Set operation: when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object of a non-LMI port, an error is reported. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-100 | |
integer | The lower Receiver-Not-Ready threshold. This threshold specifies the number of receiver not ready indications from the user equipment before an alarm is cleared for this connection. SNMP Get operation: as this object is specific to LMI protocols, (0) is returned when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Get this object from a non-LMI port. SNMP Set operation: when the Network Manager attempts to SNMP Set this object of a non-LMI port, an error is reported. Access: read-write. | Value range: 1-100 |
The DAS Connection table (dasConnTable) is used to configure dialup/dial backup connections and backup associations. This table is indexed by dasConnAni and dasConnOrgDlci.
| MIB Object | Data Type | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
display string | ANI subscriber's telephone number. For example, 8822651. Access: read-only. | String from 1-20 characters. | |
integer | DLCI parameter for the originating end. This parameter is not applicable for AniType dasiDialup (3) and dasiDialbackup (4), and therefore, the value (0) must be used. Access: read-only. | Value range from 0-1023 | |
integer | addConn (1) for adding Dial up/Dial backup connections. delConn (2) for deleting Dial up/Dial backup connections. modConn (3) for modifying Dial up/Dial backup connections. addAssc (4) for adding a Backup Association. delAssc (5) for deleting a Backup Association. addConnAndAssc (6) for adding Backup connections and associations. Access: read-write. | addConn (1), | |
integer | ANI type. Access: read-only. | dialup (1), | |
integer | Connection type. Access: read-only. | fr-fr (5) | |
display string | Terminating end point specification. Format for Dial up, dasiDialup, and hostnameDialup ANIs: Format for Dial backup and dasiDialbackup ANIs: SNMP Set Operation: allowed only at the time when adding a connection. That is, when RowStatus is addConn (1) or addConnAndAssc (6). Access: read-write. | String from 1-50 characters | |
display string | Originating end point Specification of the connection to which this Dial backup connection is getting associated. Format: SNMP Set Operation: allowed only at the time when adding an Association. That is, when RowStatus is addAssc (4) or addConnAndAssc (6). Not applicable for AniTypes: dialup and dasiDialup. | String from 1-50 characters | |
integer | Flag to enable/disable ForeSight. | enable (1), | |
integer | Class of service for this connection. The lower the class value, the higher the routing priority of the connection. | Value range from 0-15 | |
integer | User selectable types of trunks to avoid when transferring data. Current choices are to avoid satellite links, terrestrial links, or to not avoid any specific type of link. | none (1), | |
integer | Flag to force the connection to avoid trunks with Zero Code Suppression. | false (1), | |
integer | Committed Information Rate in bits per second. Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 2400-2048000 This attribute can only be set to values divisible by 100. | |
integer | The minimum transmit bandwidth in bits per second. This object has the relationship Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 2400-2048000 This attribute can only be set to values divisible by 100. | |
integer | The peak transmit bandwidth in bits per second. Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 2400-2048000 This attribute can only be set to values divisible by 100. | |
integer | The transmit quiescent information rate in bits per second. This object has the relationship CIR <= QIR <= PIR. Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 2400-2048000 This attribute can only be set to values divisible by 100. | |
integer | Committed burst size in bytes. Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 1-65535 | |
integer | Excess burst size in bytes. Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 0-65535 | |
integer | The value of this object is equal to the channel percentage utilization setting for this end point. This is the expected long-term utilization of the channel by this end-point. Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 0-100 | |
integer | Initial burst size in bytes. Applicable to MGX 8220-FRSM only. Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 0-65535 | |
integer | The maximum credits that can be accrued for this end point. Applicable to IPX/IGX 8400 only. Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 0-255 | |
integer | Maximum queue depth in bytes on Ingress for MGX 8220-FRSM. Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 1-65535 | |
integer | Threshold setting used by the explicit congestion notification on Egress. Applicable to MGX 8220-FRSM only. Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 1-65535 | |
integer | Threshold setting used by the explicit congestion notification. ECN threshold on Ingress for Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 0-65535 | |
integer | Threshold setting used by the explicit congestion notification on Egress. Applicable to MGX 8220-FRSM only. Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 0-65535 | |
integer | Ingress threshold at which deletion occurs based on DE. Applicable to Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 0-65535 | |
integer | Egress threshold at which deletion occurs based on DE. Applicable to Parameter for the originating end. | Value range from 0-65535 | |
integer | Selects one out of two possible port queues. The default port queue number is 2, which is the low priority queue. Applicable to Parameter for the originating end. | highPriority (1), | |
integer | Enable/disable DE tagging in the Ingress direction. Applicable to MGX 8220-FRSM only. Parameter for the originating end. | enable (1), | |
integer | Committed Information Rate in bits per second. This attribute can only be set to values divisible by 100. Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 2400-2048000 | |
integer | The minimum transmit bandwidth in bits per second. This object has the relationship This attribute can only be set to values divisible by 100. Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 2400-2048000 | |
integer | The peak transmit bandwidth in bits per second. This attribute can only be set to values divisible by 100. Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 2400-2048000 | |
integer | The transmit quiescent information rate in bits per second. This object has the relationship CIR <= QIR <= PIR. This attribute can only be set to values divisible by 100. Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 2400-2048000 | |
integer | Committed burst size in bytes. Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 1-65535 | |
integer | Excess burst size in bytes. Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 0-65535 | |
integer | The value of this object is equal to the channel percentage utilization setting for this end point. This is the expected long-term utilization of the channel by this end point. Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 0-100 | |
integer | Initial burst size in bytes. Applicable to Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 0-65535 | |
integer | The maximum credits that can be accrued for this end-point. Applicable to IPX/IGX 8400 only. Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 0-255 | |
integer | Maximum queue depth in bytes. Ingress queue depth for MGX 8220-FRSM. Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 1-65535 | |
integer | Maximum queue depth in bytes on Egress. Applicable to MGX 8220-FRSM only. Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 1-65535 | |
integer | Threshold setting used by the explicit congestion notification. Ingress ECN threshold for MGX 8220-FRSM. Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 0-65535 | |
integer | Threshold setting used by the explicit congestion notification on Egress. Applicable to MGX 8220-FRSM only. Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 0-65535 | |
integer | Ingress threshold at which deletion occurs based on DE. Applicable to Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 0-65535 | |
integer | Egress threshold at which deletion occurs based on DE. Applicable to Parameter for the terminating end. | Value range from 0-65535 | |
integer | Selects one out of two possible port queues. The default port queue number is 2, which is the low priority queue. Applicable to Parameter for the terminating end. | highPriority (1), | |
integer | Enable/disable DE tagging in the Ingress direction. Applicable to MGX 8220-FRSM only. Parameter for the terminating end. | enable (1), | |
integer | Selects one out of two possible port queues. The default port queue number is 2,which is the low priority queue. Applicable to IPX/IGX 8400 only. Parameter for the originating end | highPriority (1), | |
integer | Selects one out of two possible port queues. The default port queue number is 2 which is the low priority queue. Applicable to IPX/IGX 8400 only. Parameter for the terminating end. | highPriority (1), |
The DAS table (dasErrorTable) is used to store SNMP Set errors encountered in the DAS Proxy. This table is indexed by dasErrorReqId.
| MIB Object | Data Type | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
integer | Contains the PDU request ID associated with the SNMP SET request. The Manager must use this information to find the error associated with a particular SNMP request. Note, an SNMP request ID may be reused by the same Manager. When this occurs, the older entry in the table is replaced with the new error status. Managers must be aware that error information may therefore be lost. Access: read-only. |
| |
display string | Contains error status information for failed SNMP Sets to one or more objects in one or more of the following tables: dasAniTable and dasConnTable Rows in this table may be created as the result of a failed SNMP Set operation. As the SNMP standard allows only a limited number of error result codes, the Managers can retrieve this variable to obtain additional information on a failed SNMP Set operation. Typically, this object contains a user friendly description of the cause of the error. Access: read-only. | String from 1-255 characters | |
errcode | Contains the error Code of the SNMP Set operation. The error codes from 500 onwards are specific to the Error Table operation itself. Access: read-only. |
|
| MIB Object | Data Type | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
integer | When at least one entry exists in the DAS error table, the value of this object contains the index corresponding to the last entry inserted in the table. When no entries have ever been inserted in the dasErrorTable, the agent returns a 0 for a query of this variable. This object is no longer required as the new objects dasErrorLastDesc and dasErrorLastEcode are available. You can perform an SNMP Get directly on dasErrorLastDesc and dasErrorLastEcode. Access: read-only. |
| |
integer | Setting this object to the value "flush" indicates to the agent that a Manager would like the dasErrorTable to be immediately flushed of all entries. A management retrieval of this object always returns the value "noOp". Setting this object to the value "noOp" is invalid. Access: read-write. | noOp (1), | |
display string | Contains the error description of the last error generated. When the DAS error table contains no errors, an SNMP Get on this returns a null string. Access: read-only. | String from 0-255 characters. | |
error code | Contains the error code of the last error generated. When the DAS error table contains no errors, an SNMP Get on this object returns 500. Access: read-only. |
|
The Card table (svCardTable) contains information about the network nodes. This table is indexed by svCardNode, svCardShelf, and svCardSlot.
| MIB Object | Data Type | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
display string | Node name. Access: read-only (mandatory). | String from 1-10 characters. | |
display string | Shelf name. Access: read-only (mandatory). | String from 0-10 characters. | |
integer | Slot number. Access: read-only (mandatory). | String from 1-64 characters. | |
integer | Node platform type. Access: read-only. | ipx-platform (1), | |
integer | Front card type. Note, if you change this object, change svCardAlarmFrontType as well. Access: read-only. | See svCardAlarmFrontType in Table 3-50 for a list of the front card types supported by CWM. | |
display string | Front card serial number. Access: read-only. | String from 1-12 characters. | |
display string | Front card hardware revision number. Access: read-only. | String from 1-6 characters. | |
display string | Front card firmware revision number. Access: read-only. | String from 1-21 characters. | |
integer | Front card reset reason. Access: read-only. | powerup (1), | |
display string | Front card FAB number. Access: read-only. | String from 1-21 characters. | |
integer | Front card state. Note, if you change this object, change svCardAlarmFrontState as well. Access: read-only. | no-card (1), | |
integer | MIB version number (MGX 8220 and MGX 8800 cards only). Access: read-only. |
| |
integer | Back card type. Note, when you change this object, change svCardAlarmBackType as well. Access: read-only. | See svCardAlarmBackType in Table 3-50 for a list of the back card types supported by CWM | |
display string | Back card serial number. Access: read-only. | String from 1-12 characters. | |
display string | Back card hardware revision number. Access: read-only. | String from 1-6 characters. | |
integer | Back card state. Note, if you change this object, change svCardAlarmBackState as well. Access: read-only. | not-present (1), | |
integer | Secondary back card type. Note, if you change this object, change svCardAlarmSecBackType as well. Access: read-only. | See svCardAlarmSecBackType in Table 3-50 for a list of the secondary back card types supported by CWM. | |
display string | Secondary back card serial number. Access: read-only. | String from 1-12 characters. | |
display string | Secondary back card hardware revision number. Access: read-only. | String from 1-6 characters. | |
integer | Secondary back card state. Note, if you change this object, change svCardAlarmSecBackState as well. Access: read-only. | not-present (1), | |
integer | Channelized data allowed (FRSM card only). Access: read-only. | non-channelized (1), | |
integer | Indicates whether rate control (ForeSight parameters) is supported by the card. (FRSM card only). Access: read-only. | disabled (1), | |
integer | Card management action. Setting this object to switchOver on an ASC card causes the An SNMP GET request on this object always returns none. Applicable to ASC cards only for SNMP Set requests. Access: read-write. | none (1), | |
SvCardEgrQOSFeature | integer | This object enables weighted fair queueing on FRSM-VHS cards. When the option is enabled, weighted fair queueing is selected as the queue servicing algorithmn. When the option is disabled, then fixed ratio queueing is selected as the queue servicing algorithmn . This option applies to FRSM-VHS cards only | enable (1), disable (2) |
The Card table (svCardAlarmTable) contains information about the cards in an alarmed state across the entire network. This table is indexed by svCardAlarmNode, svCardAlarmShelf, and svCardAlarmSlot.
| MIB Object | Data Type | Description | Value |
|---|---|---|---|
display string | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only (mandatory). | String from 1-10 characters. | |
display string | Name of the feeder/shelf. Access: read-only (mandatory). | String from 0-10 characters. | |
integer | Slot number. Access: read-only (mandatory). | String from 1-64 characters. | |
integer | Front card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. | pcc (1), | |
integer | Front card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. | bxm-t3-8-smflr (182), MGX 8220/MGX 8800 front cards: | |
integer | Front card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. | frsm-4E1-C (1033), | |
integer | Front card state of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. | no-card (1), | |
integer | Back card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. | empty(0), | |
svCardAlarmBackType (continued) | integer | Back card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only | UXM back cards: MGX 8220/MGX 8800 back cards: |
svCardAlarmBackType (continued) | integer | Back card type of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. | smfir-4-155 (1506), BXM and BME back card types (derived from front card types): |
integer | Back card state of the alarmed card. Access: read-only. | not-present (1), | |
integer | Secondary back card type of the alarmed card. Applicable to cards on MGX 8800 nodes only. Access: read-only. | lm-ASC (1002), | |
integer | Secondary back card state of the alarmed card. Applicable to cards on MGX 8800 nodes only. Access: read-only. | not-present (1), |
This table can be used to retrieve scalar information and configuration parameters of the VISM Card. This table is applicable for the VISM card only. It is automatically populated once the VISM card comes up. Entries in this table cannot be created, only modified. To modify any parameter, specify only the object. (RowStatus is not required.)
For example, to modify the svVismMGName The manager must send a SET PDU with the index and the parameter and the parameter to be set.
The table is indexed by svVismNode, svVismShelf, and svVismSlot.
| MIB Object | Data Type | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
svVismNode | DisplayString | Name of the routing node Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
svVismShelf | DisplayString | String identifying the feeder or shelf Access: read-only. | Range: 1-12 characters |
svVismSlot | Integer | Slot number Access: read-only. | Range:1-64 characters |
svVismIpAddr | DisplayString | IP address of the VISM card Access: read-only. |
|
svVismSubNetMask | DisplayString | IP subnet mask of the VISM card Access: read-only. |
|
svVismMGName | DisplayString | Media Gateway name for the VISM card Access: read-write. | Range:1-64 characters |
svVismMGAdminState | Integer | Admin state of the Media Gateway for the VISM card. In the unlocked state, Media Gateway is ready to provide service. In this state, Media Gateway responds to connection control requests, sends autonomous messages to Media Gateway Controllers as applicable, etc. In the locked state, Media Gateway does not provide service and all resources have been released. In this state, Media Geteway will not respond to any connection control requests nor send autonomous messages. The shuttingDown state is a transitional state. Prior to becoming locked where the Media Gateway provides service but does not accept new service requests (such as creation of connections); will transition to locked according to the shutdown grace time setting. Access: read-only. | Possible states: |
svVismMGAdminStateControl | Integer | This object is used to set the admin state of the Media Gateway for the VISM card. If set, it will trigger the following: unlock: transition of the Media Gateway's admin state to unlocked. In so doing, the MG's MGCs may be notified of this transition, such as in the case of MGCP through emission of RSIPs to registered call agents according to policy. lock: transition to locked the Media Gateway's admin state is set to locked and forcing a hard shutdown. This also releases any resources at the Media Gateway. In so doing, the MG's MGCs may be notified of this transition, cin the case of MGCP through emission of RSIPs (if not preceded by shutdown state, which already nnounced the impeding shutdown) to registered call agents according to policy. shutDown: transition the Media Gateway's admin state to shuttingDown, if resources are in service, to locked otherwise, thus initiating a graceful shutdown. In the course, the MG's MGCs may get notified of this transition, such as in the case of MGCP through emission of RSIPs to registered call agents according to policy. On get request, the last set value is returned. Access: read-write. | Values: |
svVismXGCPRequestTO | Integer | The XGCP request timeout in milliseconds for the VISM card, it is used to determine the timeout value for retransmitting unacknowledged message. It is the responsibility of the requesting entity to provide suitable timeouts for all outstanding commands, and to retry commands when timeouts exceeded. Access: read-write. | Range:: 1-100000 Default value: 500 msec |
svVismXGCPRequestRetry | Integer | This object specifies the number of retries for a XGCP request that exceeds timeout. It is the responsibility of the requesting entity to provide suitable timeouts for all outstanding commands and to retry commands when times out. Access: read-write. | Range: 0-10 Default = 3 |
svVismXGCPRestartMWD | Integer | The maximum waiting delay (MWD) timeout value in milliseconds used for the Media Gateway to send the Restart In Progress message to the Media Gateway Controller. The default value of this object is chosen in an implementation-dependent manner by the MGCP functionality based on the call volume of the system. Access: read-write. | Range: 0-600000 |
svVismEcanEncoding | Integer | Voice encoding type, Mu-law or A-law. mu-law is returned for T1 lines and a-law is returned for E1 lines. Access: read-write. | mu_law (1), |
svVismAvailableDs0Count | Integer | This attribute describes the number of DS0s available for new connections on VISM. This is modified by the (VISM) switch firmware after each connection is setup. Access: read-only. |
|
svVismEcanCnfIdlePattern | Integer | Echo Canceller pattern for Idle code. pattern1 (1), Access: read-only. | Mu-Law: A-Law: Default values: |
svVismEcanCnfIdleDirection | Integer | Echo Canceller Idle Direction. This determines in which direction the Idle code must be present. Access: read-write. | both (1), |
svVismERL | Integer | This object is used to provision the return echo lost, for example, the database loss of the echo that the DSPs are supposed to cancel. Access: read-write. | zerodb (1), |
svVismJitterDelayMode | Integer | This object is used to provision the jitter buffer mode to be apply to a call connection.The possible values are: fixed, use a constant jitter buffer size, which is defined by the svVismJitterInitialDelay mib variable. adaptive, let the DSP pick the optimal value for the call connection. Access: read-write. | fixed (1), Default = fixed |
svVismJitterInitialDelay | Integer | Defines the jitter buffer size. If the svVismJitterDelayMode is set to be fixed, the jitter buffer is fixed at this value for the call. If svVismJitterDelayMode is adaptive, this is the initial jitter buffer size, and the DSP will adapt to an optimal size. Access: read-write. | twenty (20), |
svVismAdaptiveGainControl | Integer | If set to on, the DSP will adjust the gain of the call connection to an optimal value. Access: read-write. | off (1), |
svVismCacEnable | Integer | This attribute describes whether CAC (Connection Admission Control) functionality needs to be applied on the VISM card, on a per PVC basis. For some applications, the CAC functionality may not be required and in that case, it has to be disabled on a card basis. Access: read-write. | disable (1), Default = enable |
This table provides information about the Media Gateway Controller (MGC). The media gateway controller is also known as the VSC or the call agent. The svMGCName should exist before creating a row in this table. This can be done by creating a row in the svMGCResolution table with this name as the svMGCResolutionName.
To create an entry in this table, the manager creates the resolution name in the svMGCResolution table with the mandatory parameters. After the name and domain are created, the name can be associated with a media gateway controller
To destroy an entry set the svMGCRowStatus to 6
The Media Gateway Controller table is only applicable to VISM card (cardGroup 4).
The table is indexed by svMGCNode, svMGCShelf, svMGCSlot, and svMGCNum
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
svMGCNode | DisplayString | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
svMGCShelf | DisplayString | String identifying the feederor shelf. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
svMGCSlot | Integer | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-64 |
svMGCNum | Integer | Media Gateway Controller number. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-8 |
svMGCName | DisplayString | Name of the Media Gateway Controller. This name corresponds to a domain name under which the MGC might also be registered in a DNS.This is a mandatory parameter during set and cannot be modified once it is created. Access: read-write. |
|
svMGCAssociateState | Integer | State of the association between the MG and MGC. Possible states: mgcAssociated - MG and MGC are associated. E.g. in the case where MGCP is the coordination protocol, it means MGC is subscribed to autonomous messages such as RSIP. mgcAssociatedCommLoss - Associated but MGC unreachable. Access: read-only. | mgcUnassociated (1), |
svMGCAssociateStateControl | Integer | This object is used to set the association state between MG and MGC.This is a mandatory parameter during set and is modifiable after a row has been created. The possible value for SET operation are: mgcUnassociate: transition from any state to unassociated. If registered, MG will initiate unregistration. mgcAssociate: transition to associated. If applicable, MG will register with MGC. If MGCP is the coordination protocol, MG will send RSIP. If MG cannot establish communication, it will subsequently transition into mgcAssociationCommLoss. If MG is already associated with MGC, no transition will take place and the association state shall not change. mgcClear: No action will be taken. This means that the Media Gateway will not initiate any association or unassociation. On get request, last set value is returned. Access: read-write. | mgcUnassociated (1), |
svMGCRowStatus | Integer | To create an entry in this table, set the value of this object to createAndGo. To delete an MGC entry, set this object value to destroy. Setting it to active will result in bad value. Access: read-write. | active (1), |
This table provides information about the protocols that are being used for the communication between MG (VISM card) and the MGC's applicable for VISM cards only. The protocols can be either one if SRCP, MGCP, SGCP etc. This is a read-only table, therefore there can be no set operations on this table.
This table is only applicable to VISM card and is indexed by svMGSupProtocolNode, svMGSupProtocolShelf, svMGSupProtocolSlot, and svMGSupProtocolNum.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
svMGSupProtocolNode | DisplayString | Name of the routing node. | Range:1-10 characters. |
svMGSupProtocolShelf | DisplayString | String identifying the feeder or shelf. | Range:1-10 characters. |
svMGSupProtocolSlot | Integer | Slot number. | Range:1-64 |
svMGSupProtocolNum | Integer | Media Gateway Supported Protocol number served as index to this table. | Range: 1-3 |
svMGSupProtocolName | Integer | A control protocol and its revision supported by the MG, e.g. `MGCP 0.1 11/9/99'. The protocol can be one of the control protocols like MGCP or it can be a signalling backhaul protocol or it can be resource co-ordination protocol like SRCP. |
|
This table provides information about the Media gateway Contoller protocol table. This table is used to associate a particular MGC with a particluar protocol. The protocols that can be used will be listed in the svMGSupProtocolTable.
To create an entry, set the RowStatus to createAndGo.
To delete an entry, set the RowStatus to destroy. This table is indesed by svMGCProtocolNode, svMGCProtocolShelf, svMGCProtocolSlot, svMGCProtocolMGCNum, and svMGCProtocolMGProtoNum.
This table is only applicable to VISM card.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
svMGCProtocolNode | DisplayString | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
svMGCProtocolShelf | DisplayString | String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
svMGCProtocolSlot | Integer | Slot Number. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-64 |
svMGCProtocolMGCNum | Integer | Media Gateway Controller number. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-8 |
svMGCProtocolMGProtoNum | Integer | Media Gateway Supported Protocol number. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-3 |
svMGCProtocolRowStatus | Integer | To create an entry in this table, set the value of this object to createAndGo. To delete an MGC Protocol entry, set this object value to destroy. Setting it to active will result in bad value. Access: read-write. | active (1), |
This table provides information about the Media Gateway Controller Resolution group. It provides a name to IP adress mapping for each of the MGC's and can be used when a DNS is not applied.
To create and entry in this table the manager should send a set request with the mandatory parameters with the RowStatus set to createAndGo(4).
The mandatory parameters in a a set request are:
The svMGCResolutionName, svMGCResolutionIpAddr, svMGCResolutionPreference parameters are not modifiable once they are created.
To delete an entry in this table set the RowStatus to 6 (destroy).
This table provides the name to IP address mapping for each MGCs and can be used when a DNS is not applied. Multiple addresses may be associated with a single name.
This table is only applicable to the VISM card.
This table is indexed by svMGCResolutionNode, svMGCResolutionShelf, svMGCResolutionSlot, and svMGCResolutionIndex.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
svMGCResolutionNode | DisplayString | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
svMGCResolutionShelf | DisplayString | String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
svMGCResolutionSlot | Integer | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-64 |
svMGCResolutionIndex | Integer | MGC IP Resolution table index. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-64 |
svMGCResolutionName | DisplayString | Name of the entity (MGC and/or Notified Entity) whose address is to be resolved. This object value cannot be modified once created. Access: read-write. |
|
svMGCResolutionIpAddr | DisplayString | IP Address of the entity. This object value cannot be modified once created. To change the IP address, an entry will have to be removed and a new entry will have to be added.This object cannot be modified once it is created. Access: read-write. |
|
svMGCResolutionCommState | Integer | This object Indicates whether the address is currently applied for communications with the system of that name. Possible states: csActive - name resolves to that IP address Access: read-only. | csActive (1), |
svMGCResolutionPreference | Integer | This object allows user to optionally configure primaries and secondaries. Can be used by the MG in the selection of IP address if multiple IP addresses are available for the same name.This value is not modifiable once it is set. Access: read-write. | Range:1-8 |
svMGCResolutionRowStatus | Integer | To create an entry in this table, set the value of this object to createAndGo. To delete a svMGCResolution entry, set this object value to destroy. Setting it to active will result in bad value. Access: read-write. | active (1), |
This table can be used to provide information about SRCP Peer Entries in this table are populated when an entry is created in the svMGCProtocol table with SRCP as the protocol.
This table is modifiable only, and RowStatus need not be specified.
This table can be used to provision peer- specific SRCP configuration and admin information. Each table entry corresponds to a SRCP peer as identified by its domain name.
This table is only applicable to VISM card.
This table is indexed by svSRCPPeerNode, svSRCPPeerShelf, svSRCPPeerSlot, and svSRCPPeerMGCNum.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
svSRCPPeerNode | DisplayString | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
svSRCPPeerShelf | DisplayString | String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
svSRCPPeerSlot | Integer | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-64 |
svSRCPPeerMGCNum | Integer | Media Gateway Controller number. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-8 |
svSRCPPeerName | DisplayString | Name of the SRCP peer. The is the same as the svMGCName from svMGCTable. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-64 characters |
svSRCPPeerPortNum | Integer | This object is used to configure the UDP port of the SRCP peer. Access: read-write. | Range: 1025-65,535 Defarult = 2428 |
svSRCPPeerHeartBeatIntvl | Integer | This object is used to configure the length of the heartbeat interval in milliseconds. If set to 0, heartbeat for this peer is not monitored. Access: read-write. | Range: 0-65,535 |
svSRCPPeerMaxPduSize | Integer | This object is used to configure the maximum UDP PDU size, in octets, that may be used for SRCP communications with the peer. This value may not be configurable for all agents. Access: read-write. | Range: 4,095-65,535 |
This table provides information about the XGCP Peer group. Entries in this table are populated when an entry is created in the svMGCProtocol table with either SGCP or MGCP as the protocol.
This table is modifiable only and RowStatus need not be specified.
This table is used to provision peer-specific XGCP configuration information. Each table entry corresponds to an XGCP peer name / peer XGCP variant combination.
This table is only applicable to the VISM card.
This table svXGCPPeerNode, svXGCPPeerShelf, svXGCPPeerSlot, svXGCPPeerMGCNum, and svXGCPPeerMGProtoNum.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
svXGCPPeerNode | DisplayString | Name of the routing node. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
svXGCPPeerShelf | DisplayString | String identifying the feeder or shelf. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
svXGCPPeerSlot | Integer | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-64 |
svXGCPPeerMGCNum | Integer | Media Gateway Controller number. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-8 |
svXGCPPeerMGProtoNum | Integer | Media Gateway Protocol number Access: read-only. | Range: 1-3 |
svXGCPPeerPortNum | Integer | This object is used to configure the UDP port of the peer used by the XGCP protocol variant referred by this row. Access: read-write. | Range: 1025 - 65535 Default = 2427. |
This table describes the vism connection end-point. Each connection end-point describes the particular characteristics of the end-point.
This table supports the following cards: VISM-8T1 and VISM-8E1.
In the VoIP mode we support only two PVCs between the VISM card and the PXM. One for the bearer and and the other for control traffic. Two more can be added for redundancy to backup the bearer and control traffic.
In VoATM/AAL-2 mode we support 64 PVCs between VISM-AUSM for the bearer traffic and 8 PVCs for the CCS traffic.
Mandatory Parameters for creating a PVC: cwmVismEndPointRowStatus
The Following parameters are applicable for VoIP PVCs only:
This table is derived mainly from the vismChanCnfGrpTable of the MGX 8850 MIB. It also contains objects from vismChanCacTable.
The definition of switching application is that call setup is controlled by the Media Gateway Controller.
The definition of trunking application is that the Media Gateway Controller is not involved.
Limitations:
The VISM End-Point table for Connection Service Agent. This table is used to model a PVC end-point. This table contains the traffic parameters for VISM end-point.
This table is indexed by cwmVismEndPointNodeName, cwmVismEndPointIfShelf, cwmVismEndPointSlot, cwmVismEndPointPort, cwmVismEndPointVpi, and cwmVismEndPointVci .
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
cwmVismEndPointNodeName | DisplayString | Routing node name of this endpoint. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
cwmVismEndPointIfShelf | DisplayString | Shelf name of this endpoint. If no shelf, this is a null value. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
cwmVismEndPointSlot | Integer | Slot number. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-64 |
cwmVismEndPointPort | Integer | Port number; this actually represents the virtual port on the VISM card. Access: read-only. | Range: 1-64, but currently always 1 |
cwmVismEndPointVpi | Integer | Virtual Path Index. Access: read-only. | Currently only value=0 is allowed. |
cwmVismEndPointVci | Integer | Virtual Channel Index. Mapped to Logical Channel Number (LCN) on VISM card. Access: read-only. | Range: 32-279 |
cwmVismEndPointLcn | Integer | Logical Channel Number. Access: read-only. | Range: 32-279 Currently the value is same as that of cwmVismEndPointVci. |
cwmVismEndPointConnIndx | Integer | If the value of this object is greater than 0 then it is the index identifying the associated svConnEntry. Access: read-only. | Range: 0-2147483647 |
cwmVismEndPointOpStatus | Integer | Operational Status of the end point. unknown is returned the operational status cannot be determined. Access: read-only. | inactive (1), |
cwmVismEndPointRowStatus | Integer | The manager must set this to 'createAndGo' when creating a new entry. Other required elements can also be set in the same SET request. Setting the value to active results in General error. Access: read-write. | active(1), |
cwmVismEndPointApplication | Integer | This object defines the application that the LCN is used for. 1 - Control PVC used for carrying control traffic only (XGCP packets) 2 - Bearer PVC, used for carrying voice payload traffic only 3 - Signaling PVC, used for carrying the signaling protocol messages 4 - Other, which does not fit into any one of the above category For example, if a VoIP PVC that is configured to carry both control and bearer traffic in the same PVC. Currently only bearer (2) and signalling (3) are valid because, VoIP is not supported. This parameter can not be modified once added. Access: read-write. | control (1), |
cwmVismEndPointLocRmtLpbkState | Integer | Loopback on cellbus in egress direction. This variable enables or disables the remote loopback for each channel. When you enable this option on a connection (channel) then all the cells that are coming from the network side would be looped back toward the network and all the frames coming from the user side would be dropped. Access: read-write. | enable (1), Default value is disabled. |
cwmVismEndPointAdaptationType | Integer | ATM Adaptation type to be used for PVC. aal-5(1) is used for VoIP PVC and CCS PVC. This parameter can not be modified once added. Note that VoIP is not currently supported through the service agent. Access: read-write. | aal-5 (1), Default value is aal-2. |
cwmVismEndPointPCR | Integer | This indicates bandwidth (Peak Cell Rate) for this endpoint, expressed in cells per second (based on 80 bytes of payload for 10 millisec). For a VISM-8T1 card the VoIP PVC has a max value of 57600 cps. For a VISM-8E1 card the VoIP PVC has a max value of 72000 cps. For AAL2 PVCs, the PCR has to be computed based on: a) The number of channels/dsx0s multiplexed on an AAL2 PVC b) The Codec (Compression Algorithm) used. c) The VAD factor For signalling PVCs, the maximum value is 400 cps. Access: read-write. | For bearer PVCs in AAL-2 mode, the default value is 3622. For Signalling PVC the default value is 200. |
cwmVismEndPointSCR | Integer | This object defines the SCR (Sustained Cell Rate) for the PVC, and is expressed in cells per second. This object is applicable to VBR connections only. Currently only cbr1 is allowed for VISM connections. Access: read-write. | Default value is 3622 |
cwmVismEndPointMBS | Integer | This object defines the MBS (Max. Burst Size) for the PVC, and is expressed in cells per second. This object is applicable to VBR connections only. Currently only cbr1 is allowed for VISM connections. Access: read-write. |
|
cwmVismEndPointCLR | Integer | This object defines the CLR (Cell Loss Ratio) for the PVC. This object is applicable to VBR connections only. Currently only cbr1 is allowed for VISM connections. Access: read-write. |
|
cwmVismEndPointProtection | Integer | This object is used to provision whether a PVC participates in a group of PVCs that are protecting each other. PVCs that are protected share the following characteristics: 1 - They are monitored for their health (including emission of traps in case of state changes) 2 - An active PVC is protected by the other protected PVC(s) that are standing by. This means when an active PVC fails, switchover to another PVC will happen if one is available. It is also possible to do a forced switchover (through locking). The value of this object is set during the creation of the table entry. Once the entry is created, changing the value of this object is not allowed. This object is applicable to VoIP PVCs only. Currently VoIP mode is not supported in Service Agent. Access: read-write. | protected (1),
|
cwmVismEndPointPreference | Integer | This object is used to provision the preference of the PVC, to indicate the primary PVC or backup/standby PVC. If the failure of primary PVC is detected, a switchover to the secondary PVC occurs, if the PVC is configured for redundancy indicated by setting cwmVismEndPointProtection and cwmVismEndPointFallbackLcn. This object is applicable to VoIP PVCs only. Currently VoIP mode is not supported in Service Agent Access: read-write. | primary (1), |
cwmVismEndPointFallbackLcn | Integer | This object defines the Lcn of the other PVC to be used as a fallback mechanism, in case this PVC fails. This is applicable if the PVC is configured for redundancy. The redundancy is applicable for control and bearer PVCs. This object can be set only if the cwmVismEndPointProtection is set to protected. This object is applicable to VoIP PVCs only. Currently VoIP mode is not supported in Service Agent. Access: read-write. | Range: 32-279 |
cwmVismEndPointLockingState | Integer | This object is used to control the switchover of protected PVCs. The possible values are: unlock - Transition state to unlock. A channel which is in lock state has to be brought to unlock state for it to be available for switchover. A switchover is allowed if its cwmVismEndPointOpStatus is standby and its cwmVismEndPointLockingState is unlock. Changing the cwmVismEndPointLockingState to unlock does not cause a change in the cwmVismEndPointOpStatus. A channel which is in unlock state may carry traffic depending on its activity state (active or standby). lock - Transition state to lock. If the activity state is active, it transitions to standby and a switchover occurs to another PVC which is standby and unlocked. A channel which is in lock state, is always in either standby or failed state. Hence it will not not carry any traffic. Switchover to a channel which is in lock state is not allowed. Deletion of a protected PVC is allowed only in locked state. A PVC that is unprotected will always be in unlock state, and can not be set to lock state. This object is applicable to VoIP PVCs only. Currently VoIP mode is not supported in Service Agent. Access: read-write. | unlock (1), Default value is unlock |
cwmVismEndPointCacMaster | Integer | This attribute defines whether the PVC is the master end or slave end for the CAC functionality. CAC functionality is applied only at the master end of the PVC, CAC is not applied for the slave end, to prevent the glare condition resulting from the simulatenous allocation of the same bandwidth for different calls from both the ends. This object is only applicable when svVismCacEnable is set to enable. Currently SET is not allowed on this object. Access: read-only. | master (1), |
cwmVismEndPointCacPolicy | Integer | This attribute defines the policy that needs to be applied once the CAC function rejects the upspeeding of a connection, due to a fax/modem switch-over request. The applicable options are: 1 - To delete the connection that got rejected by CAC for upspeed 2 - To maintain the connection with the prior compression scheme. Note that delete (1) is applicable for switching application only. For trunking applications, only maintain(2) is valid. This object is only applicable when svVismCacEnable is set to enable. Currently SET is not allowed on this object. Access: read-write. | delete (1), Default value is maintain |
cwmVismEndPointPercUtil | Integer | This is the expected long-term utilization of the channel by this end-point. Currently this object takes a single value=100 and hence SET is not allowed on this object. Access: read-write. | Default value is 100. |
This table describes the VISM specific line configuration. Entries in this table are automatically created/deleted when lines on the VISM card are enabled/disabled. This table supports the configuration of DSP parameters and line signalling.
The line must be enabled before these parameters can be configured.
The DS1/E1 Configuration table that contains extensions specific to VISM.This table is implicitly created and deleted at the time of adding and deleting line.
Note that line enable/disable feature is not available through Service Agent.
This table is indexed by cwmVismNode, cwmVismShelf, cwmVismSlot, and cwmVismLineNum.
| MIB Object | Related Node Types | Description | Values |
|---|---|---|---|
cwmVismNode | DisplayString | Name of the routing node. Access:read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
cwmVismShelf | DisplayString | Name identifying the feeder or shelf. Access:read-only. | Range: 1-10 characters |
cwmVismSlot | Integer | Slot Number. Access:read-only. | Range:1-64 |
cwmVismLineNum | Integer | T1/E1 line number. Access:read-only. |
|
cwmVismEcanEnabled | Integer | Echo cancellation feature is enabled or disabled. Access:read-only. | enable (1), |
cwmVismEcanToneDisable | Integer | Echo Canceller Disable on Modem Tone. This parameter determines the behavior of the echo canceller in the presence of a modem. 1 - Ignore 2100 Hz modem answer tone; 2 - G.164 mode; Disable the canceller for all the tones, phase reversing or not. 3 - Reserved; 4 - G.165 mode; disable the canceller for Phase reversing tone only. (V.8 modulated phase reversing tone as well as the V.fast non-standard phase reversing tone) Access:read-write. | ignore (1), |
cwmVismEcanCnfNRN | Integer | Echo Canceller Re-enable (NRN). This parameter determines when an echo canceller re-enables and begins cancellation after it has been disabled due to detection of a modem answer tone. 1 - Re-enable canceller when modem data gone(low energy) 2 - Re-enable at end of call This parameter is not applicable when ToneDisable=Ignore. Access:read-write. | reenableOnModemData (1), eenableOnCallEnd (2) |
cwmVismEcanTail | Integer | Maximum TAIL in milliseconds (ms). Should be set just higher than the worst round trip delay anticipated. Convergence times may increase for longer tails and more resource will be used. Only following discrete values are allowed: 24, 32, 48, 64, 80, 96, 112 and 128. Access:read-write. | cancelOnly (1), |
cwmVismEcanREC | Integer | Residual Echo Control(REC) instructs the canceller how to treat echo remaining after cancellation. When set to cancelOnly, REC is diabled. When set to suppressResidual, the residual echo is replaced with silence. When comfortNoise is chosen, noise is injected in place of residual echo at the same level as the ambient noise at the near end. SETting the value to reserved (3) results in BadValue error. Access:read-write. | cancelOnly (1), |
cwmVismSignalingType | Integer | This attribute indicates the type of signaling used for the line. CAS - Channel Associated Signaling CCS - Common Channel Signaling none - no signaling used. This cannot be modified if there are endpoints configured on this line. Access:read-write. | cas (1), |
cwmVismCcsChannels | Integer | This attribute describes the CCS signaling channels or DS0s (also refered to as D-channel). It is used only for lines configured as CCS signaling type. This attribute is a bit map of the DS0s configured as D channel. A one in the bit position represents that DS0 as the D channel. In most of the applications, only one D channel per T or E span is required. However, since some applications may require multiple D channels, this is supported by providing a bit map. Access:read-only. |
|
cwmMGLineName | DisplayString | Line name as identified by MGC. When a SET on this object is applied, no other objects in the table should be included. For example, it is mutually exclusive with other mib objects in this table. Access:read-only. |
|
cwmVismCompCnfVAD | Integer | VAD (Voice Activitiy Detection) Enable or Disable on the Compression DSPs. Access:read-only. | enable (1), |
cwmVismCadenceTime | Integer | This attribute describes the cadence time for CAS signals. This object is applicable only for CAS backhaul applications. For trunking application it is not applicable. The value is expresssed in units of milliseconds. Access:read-only. | enable (1), |
Posted: Tue Jun 13 21:59:33 PDT 2000
Copyright 1989 - 2000©Cisco Systems Inc.